Seat Leon 3 Body Repairs Exterior Eng

Service
Workshop Manual
León 2013 ➤
León ST 2013 ➤
General body repairs, exterior
Edition 01.2017
Service Department. Technical Information

Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups
Repair Group
50 - Body - front
55 - Bonnet, rear lid
57 - Front doors, door components, central locking
58 - Rear doors, door components
60 - Sunroof
63 - Bumpers
64 - Glazing
66 - Exterior equipment
Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.
All rights reserved.

No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.
Copyright © 2017 Seat S.A D3E804FD5E1

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
General body repairs, exterior - Edition 01.2017
Contents
50 - Body - front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 Lock carrier: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Exploded view - lock carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Assembly overview - cylinder head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.3 Removing and installing lock carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.4 Moving to and back from service position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.5 Lock carrier: replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.6 Removing and installing air duct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.7 Auxiliary radiator air duct: remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.8 Removing and installing lock carrier brace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
1.9 Removing and installing ventilation control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.10 Removing and installing front air deflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1.11 Removing and installing rear air deflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2 Wing panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
2.1 Exploded view - wing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
2.2 Removing and installing wing panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.3 Separation element: removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3 Bulkhead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.1 Exploded view - plenum chamber partition panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.2 Exploded view - plenum chamber cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.3 Removing and installing bulkhead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.4 Removing and installing plenum chamber cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3.5 Air duct grille cover: removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.6 Air duct grille: removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
55 - Bonnet, rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

1 Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1.1 Assembly overview - bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1.2 Exploded view - Bowden cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
1.3 Removing and installing bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
1.4 Adjusting bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
1.5 Removing and installing bonnet lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
1.6 Removing and installing operating lever for bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
1.7 Slip plate - removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
1.8 Removing and installing hinges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
1.9 Removing and installing noise insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
1.10 Control cable le: removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
1.11 Removing and installing support rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
2 Tailgate / Luggage lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
2.1 Exploded view - tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
2.2 Removing and installing rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
2.3 Adjusting rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
2.4 Tailgate lock; removing and fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
2.5 Removing and installing actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
2.6 Removing and installing hinges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
2.8 Removing and installing tailgate seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
2.9 Gas shock absorber: removing and fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
2.10 Releasing gas from gas strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
3 Fuel tank lid unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
3.1 Exploded view - tank flap unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
3.2 Removing and installing tank flap unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Contents i
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.3 Removing and installing filler neck compartment lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

3.4 Removing and installing actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
57 - Front doors, door components, central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

1 Front doors / door components / central locking: Main component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
2 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
2.1 Exploded view - door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
2.2 Exploded view - door seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
2.3 Removing and installing inner door seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
2.4 Removing and installing door seal (outer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
2.5 Removing and installing door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
2.6 Adjusting door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
2.7 Removing and installing door hinge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
2.8 Removing and installing door arrester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
3 Door components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
3.1 Exploded view - door components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
3.2 Exploded view - window regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
3.3 Exploded view - door handle and door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
3.4 Removing and installing window regulator motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
3.5 Removing and installing window regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
3.6 Removing and installing inner door cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
3.8 Removing and installing door handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
3.9 Removing and installing mounting bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
3.10 Removing and installing door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
3.11 Removing and installing window guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
3.12 Removing and installing inner window slot trim panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
3.13 Removing and installing outer window slot trim panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
3.14 Grommet for door reinforcement, three-door model: renew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
3.15 Lock cylinder, removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
3.16 Removing and installing the cover for the lock of the outside handle (front door) . . . . . . . . 108
3.17 Removing and installing the cable for the outside handle (front door) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
3.18 Removing and installing the cable for the inside handle (front door) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
4 Central locking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
4.1 Overview of fitting locations - central locking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
4.2 Removing and installing driver door control unit J386 and front passenger door control unit
J387 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
4.3 Removing and installing ignition key battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
4.4 Key programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
58 - Rear doors, door components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

1 Rear doors, door components: Main component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
2 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
2.1 Exploded view - door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
2.2 Seals on back door - Assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
2.3 Removing and installing door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
2.4 Adjusting door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
2.5 Removing and installing door hinges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
2.6 Removing and installing door arrester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
2.7 Removing and installing door seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
2.8 Removing and installing the cover for the lock of the outside handle (back door) . . . . . . . . 131
2.9 Removing and installing the cable for the outside handle (back door) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
2.10 Removing and installing the cable for the inside handle (back door) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
3 Door components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
3.1 Exploded view - door components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
ii Contents
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.2 Exploded view - window regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

3.3 Exploded view - door handle and door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
3.4 Removing and installing window regulator motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
3.5 Removing and installing window regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
3.6 Removing and installing window winder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
3.7 Removing and installing inner door cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
3.9 Removing and installing door handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
3.10 Removing and installing mounting bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
3.11 Removing and installing door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
3.12 Removing and installing window guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
3.13 Window shaft seal on outside of rear door: removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
3.14 Window shaft seal on inside of rear door: removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
3.15 Removing and installing the manual drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
3.16 Rear door window frames: removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
60 - Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
1 Sun roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
1.1 Assembly overview - sliding sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
1.2 Assembly overview - Cranks and tilt mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
1.3 Assembly overview - sliding sunroof sun blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
1.4 Assembly overview - wind deflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
1.5 Removing and installing sliding sunroof frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
1.6 Removing and installing wind deflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
1.7 Removing and installing glass panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
1.8 Adjusting sunroof panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
1.9 Running guide, removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
1.10 Removing and installing front trim panel for sliding sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
1.11 Removing and installing sliding sunroof adjustment control unit J245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
1.12 Removing and installing panoramic sliding sunroof seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
1.13 Removing and installing sunroof roller blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
1.14 Adapting sliding sunroof adjustment control unit J245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
1.15 Programming sliding sunroof adjustment control unit J245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
1.16 Pulling rib: removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
2 Water drain hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
2.1 Assembly Overview - water drain hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
2.2 Drain hoses: cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
2.3 Removing and installing water drain hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
3 Panorama sliding roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
3.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
3.2 functioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
3.3 Panoramic sliding roof normalisation run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
3.4 Assembly overview - panoramic sliding sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
3.5 Assembly overview - Cranks and tilt mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
3.6 Removing and installing front glass panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
3.7 Removing and installing rear glass panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
3.8 Adjusting glass panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
3.9 Removing and installing sliding panoramic sunroof seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
3.10 Removing and installing wind deflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
3.11 Removing and installing preselector for glass panel and sun blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
3.12 Removing and installing sliding sunroof adjustment control unit J245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
3.13 Removing and installing sunroof roller blind control unit J394 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
3.14 Removing and installing sunroof roller blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
3.15 Removing and installing sunroof roller blind rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
3.16 Removing and installing sunroof roller blind cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
3.17 Removing and installing sliding sunroof frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Contents iii
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.18 Removing and installing rear part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

3.19 Removing and installing tilt mechanism for sliding sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
3.20 Maintenance and care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
3.21 Operating without current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
63 - Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
1 Front bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
1.1 Exploded view of bumper cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
1.2 Impact bar - exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
1.3 Removing and installing bumper cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
1.4 Removing and installing impact bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
1.5 Removing and installing attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
1.6 Repairing bumper cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
2 Rear bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
2.1 Exploded view of bumper cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
2.2 Exploded view - impact bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
2.3 Remove and install securing strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
2.4 Removing and installing bumper cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
2.5 Removing and installing attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
2.6 Repairing bumper cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
2.7 Modifying the rear bumper trim for vehicles with rear view camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
64 - Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
1 Windows, main components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
2 Repair notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
2.1 Minimum curing periods for bonded windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
2.2 Window repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
2.3 Installation instructions for bonded windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
2.4 Preparing undamaged windows for installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
2.5 Preparing new windows for installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
2.6 Preparing body flange for installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
2.7 Touching up paint damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
2.8 Cleaning off excess adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
3 Windscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
3.1 Exploded view - windscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
3.2 Removing and installing windscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
4 Rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
4.1 Exploded view - rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
4.2 Rear window: removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
5 Side window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
5.1 Exploded view - side window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
6 Door windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
6.1 Exploded view - front door window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
6.2 Assembly Overview - rear door window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
6.3 Removing and installing front door window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
6.4 Adjusting front door window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
6.5 Removing and installing rear door window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
6.6 Adjusting rear door window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
66 - Exterior equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

1 Exterior equipment, main components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
2 Radiator grille/front trim panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
2.1 Removing and installing radiator grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
2.2 Removing and installing front trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
iv Contents
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3 Spoiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
3.1 Exploded view - spoiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
3.2 Lateral protection moulding: replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
3.3 Removing and installing spoiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
3.4 Renew the spoiler mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
4 Mouldings / trims / extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
4.1 Exploded view - water deflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
4.2 Exploded view - side member trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
4.3 Exploded view - heat shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
4.4 Removing and installing sill panel trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
4.5 Removing and installing wheel arch trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
4.6 Remove and install heat shield for luggage compartment floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
4.7 Remove and install heat shield for rear underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
4.8 Removing and installing heat shield for centre tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
4.9 Removing and installing heat shield for propshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
4.10 Remove and install panel trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
4.11 Removing and installing A-pillar trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
4.12 Removing and installing trim panel for B-pillar (front door) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
4.13 Removing and installing trim panel for B-pillar (rear door) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
5 Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
5.1 Exploded view - noise insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
5.2 Removing and installing noise insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
6 Underbody trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
6.1 Exploded view - underbody trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
6.2 Removing and installing underbody trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
6.3 Removing and installing underbody trim (centre) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
6.4 Removing and installing underbody trim (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
6.5 Removing and installing tunnel cross-piece (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
6.6 Removing and installing tunnel cross-piece (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
6.7 Removing and installing underbody panel for natural gas tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
7 Roof strips / roof rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
7.1 Exploded view - roof rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
7.2 Removing and installing roof rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
8 Exterior mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
8.1 Exploded view - exterior mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
8.2 Removing and installing exterior mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
8.3 Wing mirror glass: removal and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
8.4 Removing and installing cover for mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
9 Wheel housing liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
9.1 Exploded view - wheel housing liner (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
9.2 Exploded view - wheel housing liner (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
9.3 Removing and installing wheel housing liner (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
9.4 Removing and installing wheel housing liner (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
9.5 Removing and installing the front wheel housing spoiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
9.6 Rear wheel housing spoiler removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
10 Model badges and brand emblems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
10.1 Exploded view - Model badges and brand emblems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
10.2 Dimensions - lettering and emblems on rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
10.3 Self-adhesive, side emblems (3 and 5-door models): replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
10.4 Removing and installing emblems at vehicle front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
11 Towing bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
11.1 Assembly overview - towing bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
11.2 Removing and installing towing bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Contents v
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
vi Contents
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
50 – Body - front
1 Lock carrier:
(ERL003275; Edition 01.2017)
1.1 Exploded view - lock carrier
1 - Lock carrier cover

❑ Removing and fitting
⇒ page 278
2 - Expansion rivet
❑ 4 off
3 - Intake ducting
Note
The intake air duct may vary de‐

pending on the engine version.
4 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ To secure the intake air
duct
❑ 2± 0.3 Nm
5 - Radiator assembly
6 - Radiator mount bracket
Note
Note correct installation position.
7 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ For fixing and control‐
ling the lock carrier po‐
sition.
⇒ “1.4 Removing and in‐
stalling impact bar”,
page 302
❑ 8 Nm
8 - Bracket (bottom)
9 - Lock carrier:
❑ ⇒ “1.4 Moving to and back from service position”, page 10 .
❑ ⇒ “1.3 Removing and installing lock carrier”, page 3
❑ ⇒ “1.5 Lock carrier: replace”, page 15
10 - Air duct
❑ Left-side
❑ Right.
❑ ⇒ “1.6 Removing and installing air duct”, page 17
11 - Expansion rivet
❑ 4 + 4 each
1. Lock carrier: 1
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
❑ For fixing the air ducts for the radiator

12 - Air duct
❑ Bottom
❑ Affixed to the lock member using expansion rivets
13 - Impact bar
❑ With bumper moulded part
❑ ⇒ “1.4 Removing and installing impact bar”, page 302
14 - Bolt
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ For affixing the pedestrian protection crossbeam to the impact bar
15 - Protective support for pedestrians
❑ Remove the bolts ⇒ Item 14 (page 2) .
16 - Shock absorber
17 - Bolt.
❑ 4 + 4 each
❑ 55 Nm
❑ For securing the impact bar
18 - Auxiliary radiator air duct
❑ Depending on version
❑ Right.
❑ Depending on the version, an auxiliary radiator air duct can be fitted on the left side on vehicles with
automatic gearboxes
❑ ⇒ “1.7 Auxiliary radiator air duct: remove and install”, page 18
19 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ For attaching the strut ⇒ Item 20 (page 2) .
❑ 8 Nm
20 - Lock carrier struts
❑ ⇒ “1.8 Removing and installing lock carrier brace”, page 20
21 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ For attaching the strut lock member
❑ 8 Nm
22 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 12 Nm
23 - Front bonnet support rod
❑ ⇒ “1.11 Removing and installing support rod”, page 52
2 Rep. gr.50 - Body - front

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.2 Assembly overview - cylinder head
1 - Rear fairing
❑ ⇒ “1.11 Removing and
installing rear air deflec‐
tor”, page 24
2 - Cooler shutter servomotor -
V544-
3 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
4 - Bolt.
5 - Wiring harness
6 - Blade module
❑ ⇒ “1.9 Removing and in‐
stalling ventilation con‐
trol”, page 22
7 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 8 Nm
8 - Front fairing
❑ ⇒ page 23
1.3 Removing and installing lock carrier

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Counterhold - T10038-
1. Lock carrier: 3
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Centre guide - T10093-
♦ Release lever - U30800-
♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-
♦ Release lever - 80 200-

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
Caution
The following items are not required for removal of the lock
member:
♦ drain the refrigerant circuit
♦ Draining the coolant circuit.
– Remove bumper cover (front) ⇒ page 295 .

– Remove the lower soundproofing of the engine ⇒ page 507 .
– Remove the main headlight unit with the lower bracket ⇒
Electrical system; Rep. gr. 94 ; Headlight; installing and re‐
moving headlights; installing and removing headlights .
Continuation only for vehicles with ventilation control
– Remove ventilation control ⇒ page 22 .
Continuation only for vehicles with adaptive cruise control unit -
J428-
– Disconnect plug connector -1- and pull fastening off impact
bar.
– Remove bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the adaptive cruise control unit - J428- -2- assembly.
Continued for all vehicles

– If fitted, clip out the cover for the Bowden cable coupling.
– Clip out cable -1- and -3- in -the direction of arrow a- from the
coupling sleeve -2-.
– Turn cable -3- 90° in the direction of arrow -b-.
– Clip cable -3- out of the socket of cable -1- by turning in the
-direction of arrow c-.
1. Lock carrier: 5
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove filler necks from washer fluid reservoir, to do this:

slide necks in -direction of arrow a- and pull out in
-direction of arrow b-.
– Loosen the hose clip -1-, and remove the air intake hose.
Note
The configuration of the air supply ducts may vary depending on

the engine version.
– Undo the screws -2- from both sides.

– Unclip the retaining clips of the air duct at lock carrier and de‐
tach.
– Clip out and disconnect the plug connector -3- of the bonnet
contact - F266- switch.
DANGER!
Consider the safety measures for pyrotechnic components ⇒

General assembly work - interior; Rep. gr. 00 ; Safety instruc‐
tions; safety measures for work with pyrotechnic components .
– Remove fuse -1-, press down in -the direction of the arrow-

and disconnect the connector of the -2- crash sensor.
– Move wiring harness clear on lock carrier.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Unclip the connectors of the horn -1-.

– Free the clips -arrow- with the lever - 80 200- .
– Undo and remove the plug connector -arrow- of the ambient -

G17- temperature sensor.
– Unscrew bolts -1-, -2- and -4-.

– Remove the brace of the lock carrier -3-.
– Hold the bonnet tight with suitable workshop equipment.
– Unscrew the bolts -1- and remove the pedestrian protective

strip -2- in -the direction of the arrow-.
1. Lock carrier: 7
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove the spread catcher -2- and remove the air ducts for
radiators -1-, -3- and -4-.
– Remove the left and right upper fixation of the radiator/inter‐

cooler/condenser unit ⇒ Rep. gr. 19 ; radiator/ radiator fan;
installation and removal of radiator .
– Swivel the assembly out of the radiator / intermediate cooler /

condenser in -direction of arrow a-.
– Raise the assembly, move it in -direction of arrow b- and unclip
it from the lower brackets -1-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Separate the assembly radiator / intermediate cooler from the

condenser -1-. To do this press from both sides -arrow a- against
the retaining tab of the condenser -1-.
– Move the condenser in -direction of arrow b- to remove it from
its brackets.
– Fix the assembly of radiator / intermediate cooler correctly in
the engine compartment. There are two options for this:
♦ Secure the assembly of radiator / intermediate cooler using
the support tool - T10038- in such a manner that the lines are
not exposed to tension.
♦ Place two support blocks under the assembly from radiator /
intermediate cooler.
Caution
Risk of damaging the condenser lines on the air-conditioning

unit.
– Unscrew the bolts -2- and screw in the centring guide -

T10093- on both sides at the ends.
– Pull out the centring guide - T10093- using a second techni‐

cian.
– Fold out the cover of the lock carrier -1- in
-the direction of the arrow A-. Ensure that, in the process, nei‐
ther radiator nor condenser are damaged.
– Take out the cover of the lock carrier -arrow B- upwards as
shown in the image.
fitting
Fit in reverse order from removal, remembering the following:
Note
If damaged, renew clips.
– Check the spacings ⇒ Body Repairs; Rep. gr. 00

– Perform basic setting of headlights, if installed ⇒ Electrical
system; Rep. gr. 94 ; Headlights; Adjusting headlights .
J428-
– Calibrate adaptive cruise control ⇒ electrical system; Rep. gr.
27 ; Adaptive cruise control (ACC); Calibrating adaptive cruise
control (ACC) .
1. Lock carrier: 9
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.4 Moving to and back from service posi‐

tion
♦ Centre guide - T10093-
♦ Adapter - T10467-
Caution
The following is not necessary for positioning the lock carrier

(with mechanical elements) in the service position:
♦ drain the refrigerant circuit
♦ Draining the coolant circuit.
♦ Remove the main headlights.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
Caution
It is not safe to use the bonnet support with the lock carrier in
the service position.

– Remove the lower soundproofing of the engine ⇒ page 505 .
slide necks in -direction of arrow a-.
– Clip out the support in the -direction of arrow b-.
– Release clip -1- and remove air hose.
Note

the engine version.

tach.
– Clip out and disconnect the plug connector of the bonnet con‐
tact switch - F266- .
Separate the cable for opening the bonnet from the coupling
sleeve. To do so, proceed as follows:
– If fitted, clip out the cover for the coupling sleeve.
1. Lock carrier: 11
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Unclip the connectors of the horn ⇒ Electrical system; Rep.
gr. 90 ; Horn; high tone horn H2 / low tone horn H7: install and
remove and separate.
– Undo and remove the plug connector of the ambient temper‐
ature sensor - G17- .
– Unclip the electrical connectors of the main headlights.
– Move wiring harness clear on lock carrier.
– Clip out and remove the plug connector of the coolant tem‐
perature sender .
DANGER!

– Remove fuse -1-, press down in -the direction of the arrow-

and disconnect the connector of the -2- crash sensor.
– Remove screws -1-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Unscrew the bolts -1- with their adjustment sleeve.

– Unscrew the screws -1- and attach the centre guide - T10093-
on both sides.
1. Lock carrier: 13
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Caution
Make sure that the paint of the longitudinal member or wing

are not damaged.
– Pull the lock carrier forwards.

– Install an adapter - T10467- on each side in the outer apertures
of the longitudinal member. Press the adapter down using
moderate pressure.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Secure the lock member assembly. For this, install one of the
previously inspected and approved screws in each of the
threaded bores in the adapter-Arrows-. Tighten down the
screws using moderate pressure.
fitting
– Checking panel gaps ⇒ Body Repairs; Rep. gr. 00
J428-
control (ACC) .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Exploded view - lock carrier”, page 1
1.5 Lock carrier: replace

1. Lock carrier: 15
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove lock carrier ⇒ page 3 .

– Unscrew the bolts -arrow- with their adjusting sleeves. Sub‐
sequently remove the main headlights together with their low‐
er brackets.
– Remove the lower holder -1-.
– Loosen bolts -arrows- on strut between the lock carrier -1-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

– Clip out the impact bar -1- from the mount in the lock carrier.
– Unscrew the screws -2- and remove the cross sensor member
-1-.
fitting
J428-
control (ACC) .
Specified torques
1.6 Removing and installing air duct

♦ Release lever - 3409-
1. Lock carrier: 17
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Caution
The following component does not have to be removed when

removing the air ducts.
♦ Impact bar
Removing
– Remove the expanding catches used to fix the air ducts. To
do so, proceed as follows:
♦ Fit the lever - 3409- in the recess in the centre piston -2- of the
rivet and lever the piston outward -Arrow a-.
♦ Place the lever - 3409- -arrow b-under the outside edge of the
rivet left and lever out of the rivet.
– Remove the radiator ducting -1-.
– Repeat the procedure to remove the other guides.
fitting
• Replace the expanding rivets once removed.
– Pull out the rivet piston.
– Insert the spreader rivet -arrow a-. For this purpose, press on
the outer edge of the leg.
– Knock in the piston -arrow b- using a dead blow hammer.
1.7 Auxiliary radiator air duct: remove and

install

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Lever - 3409-
Caution

removing the auxiliary radiator air duct:
♦ Impact bar
Note
The sequences below describe the processes for removal and

installation for the right side of the vehicle. The corresponding
sequences for the left side are similar with the exception that,
where applicable, the scope of the process is written by yourself.
Removing
– If necessary loosen electrical wiring harness for signal horn
from the air duct.
1. Lock carrier: 19
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Slide air duct -1- in -direction of arrow- , in order to loosen the

fixings -2- of the auxiliary radiator.
– Unclip release tabs -4- on cross member -3- and remove air
duct -1-.
Installation
Installation is done in reverse order of removal operations.
1.8 Removing and installing lock carrier

brace

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Caution

removing the lock carrier brace:
♦ Main headlamps
♦ Front bumper cover
Note

installation for the left side of the vehicle. The corresponding se‐
quences for the right side are similar with the exception that,
Removing
Driver side only
– Clip out the coupling sleeve -1- of the cable for opening the
bonnet.

slide necks in -direction of arrow a-.
– Clip out the support in the -direction of arrow b-.
Continuation for both sides
1. Lock carrier: 21
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove the rear lock carrier cover -1- ⇒ page 305 .

– Unscrew the bolts -6- with their adjustment sleeve.
– Unscrew the bolts -4- and -5-.
– Remove the brace of the lock carrier -3-.
fitting
Specified torques
♦ Lock carrier struts
⇒ “1.1 Exploded view - lock carrier”, page 1
Component Tightening torque
Fixing screws -2- strut of the 12 ± 1
lock carrier.
1.9 Removing and installing ventilation con‐

trol
♦ Torque wrench - VAG 1331-
Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Unplug the external temperature sensors -2-.

– Unplug the ventilation control -1-.
– Remove pedestrian protection ⇒ Item 15 (page 2) .
– Remove ventilation control -3- in -direction of arrow-.
fitting
♦ ⇒ “1.2 Assembly overview - cylinder head”, page 3
1.10 Removing and installing front air deflec‐

tor
Removing
1. Lock carrier: 23
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove line section -2- from the front air deflector -1-.
– Loosen the clips with the - 3409- lever -arrows- and remove
the front air deflector -1-.
fitting
1.11 Removing and installing rear air deflec‐

tor
Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Loosen the clips with the - 3409- lever -arrows- and remove
the rear air deflector -1-.
fitting
1. Lock carrier: 25
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2 Wing panel
2.1 Exploded view - wing
1 - Separator
2 - Spacer
❑ ⇒ “2.3 Separation ele‐
ment: removing and in‐
stalling”, page 28
3 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 5± 1 Nm
4 - Clips
❑ 2 + 2 each
5 - Front wing
stalling wing panel”,
page 27 .
6 - Spreader block
❑ 1 + 1 each
7 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 6± 1 Nm
8 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 6± 1 Nm
9 - Spreader block
❑ 2 + 2 each
10 - Bolt.
❑ 4 + 4 each
❑ 6± 1 Nm
11 - Spreader block
❑ 3 + 3 each
12 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 2 Nm
13 - Guide profile
❑ ⇒ “1.5.15 Removing and installing guide profile ?”, page 323
14 - Insulating foam
15 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 6± 1 Nm
16 - Insulating foam
❑ Glued to the wing
17 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
❑ 6± 1 Nm
18 - Reinforcement for the front wing
19 - Wear protection
❑ Only for CUPRA version
2.2 Removing and installing wing panel

Removing
Caution
The following does not have to be removed when removing the

wing:
♦ A-pillar outer trim
♦ Guide profile
♦ Front wing reinforcement
Note

– Remove front wheel housing liner ⇒ page 535 .

2. Wing panel 27
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove spacer ⇒ page 28 .

– Clip out the filler piece; ⇒ page 31 .

– Carefully remove front wing-1-.
fitting
– Move the protective foam in its installation position.
Caution
♦ Protect the surrounding painted components accordingly.

♦ Apply zinc spray around the boreholes of the connection
between the carrier parts ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue .

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - wing”, page 26
2.3 Separation element: removing and in‐

stalling

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
Note

– Remove front wheel housing liner ⇒ page 535 .

– Use the lever - 3409- to remove the clips -1- and -2-.
– Carefully remove the spacer -3- to the front.
fitting
2. Wing panel 29
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3 Bulkhead
3.1 Exploded view - plenum chamber partition panel
1 - Separator
❑ Left and right hand side
❑ Secure the retaining clip
of the body
Note
If one of the clips are damaged, the

filling piece must be replaced with a
new one.
2 - Retaining clips
❑ 2 off
3 - Grille below windscreen
stalling plenum cham‐
ber cover”, page 34
4 - Staple
❑ 3 off
❑ Metal
5 - Seal
6 - Windscreen
❑ ⇒ “3.2.1 Windscreen
glass: removing”,
page 392
glass: fitting”,
page 396
❑ Windscreen tolerances
⇒ page 388

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.2 Exploded view - plenum chamber cover
1 - Separator
❑ Left and right hand side
❑ Secure the retaining clip
of the body
Removing
– Clip out the fuller part on

both sides using the lev‐
er - 80 200- .
Note
If one of the clips are damaged, the

filling piece must be replaced with a
new one.
fitting
– Engage the rear area of

the filler piece in its
mount of the body.
– Press the filler piece un‐

til you can hear the re‐
taining clips with a char‐
acteristic »clicking«
sound.
2 - Retaining clips
❑ 1 + 1 each
3 - Seal
stalling plenum cham‐
ber cover”, page 34
5 - Staple
❑ 3 off
❑ Metal
6 - Nut
❑ 2 off
❑ 9 Nm
7 - Plate
❑ 2 off
❑ Only for X-perience
8 - Plenum chamber bulkhead cover
❑ ⇒ “3.3 Removing and installing bulkhead”, page 32
9 - Seal
10 - wall bracket(s)
❑ 2 off
11 - Sealing plug
❑ 2 off
3. Bulkhead 31
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
12 - Noise insulation of the front cover of the plenum chamber

13 - Staple
❑ 3 off
❑ Metal
3.3 Removing and installing bulkhead

Removing
– Lift the front bonnet. Use the rod to keep it open.
– Remove the grille below the windscreen ⇒ page 34 .
– Remove the fixing rings -1- of the noise insulation of the ple‐
num chamber cover.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove noise insulation of the plenum chamber cover.

– Remove the nuts -arrows- on both sides.
– To remove the plenum chamber cover, pull upwards in order
to release it from the fixing tabs on the body.
fitting
Note
♦ In case the sealing ring -2- is damage, replace it.

♦ Use the washers ⇒ Item 7 (page 31) -7- for E-PERIENCE
models.
– Engage the plenum chamber cover -3- in the retaining tabs

-4- of the plenum chamber -1-.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.2 Exploded view - plenum chamber cover”, page 31
3. Bulkhead 33
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.4 Removing and installing plenum cham‐

ber cover
♦ Release tool - T10236-
Removing
– Remove windscreen wiper arm ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr.
92 ; Front windscreen wiper; Installing and removing wind‐
screen wiper arm .
– Remove rubber gasket -2-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Clip out the filler pieces -4 -.

– Use release tool - T10236- on both sides to separate clips
-1-.
– Clip out the clamps -5-.
Note
The grille below the windscreen is inserted into a guide rail below the windscreen.
– Clip out the grille -3- from its guide rail of the windscreen using
the lever - 3409- .
3. Bulkhead 35
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– When the grill is removed, clip out the fixing clips -arrows- of
the supply line -1- of the nozzles of the windscreen wiper sys‐
tem.
– Remove the grille from below the windscreen.
fitting
Note
When engaging the grille in the guide rail of the windscreen, take
care not to damage the rubber lip -arrow-.
– Install windscreen wiper arm ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr.

screen wiper arm .
– Adjust windscreen wiper arm ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr.
92 ; Front windscreen wiper; Adjusting windscreen wiper arm .
3.5 Air duct grille cover: removing and in‐

stalling
Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Clip out the cover -1- and remove from the holder.
fitting
3.6 Air duct grille: removing and installing

Removing
– Remove the air duct grill cover ⇒ page 36 .
– Unscrew the bolts -2- and remove the grill of the air duct -1-.
fitting
Specified torques
Component Tightening torque
Nuts 3 Nm
3. Bulkhead 37
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
55 – Bonnet, rear lid

1 Bonnet
1.1 Assembly overview - bonnet
1 - Fixed rubber limiters

❑ 2 off
2 - Bonnet seal
❑ In the middle
❑ 1x
3 - Bonnet seal
❑ On the side
❑ 2 off
4 - Adjustment buffer
❑ Using the adjustment
catches, the height of
the bonnet can be ad‐
justed in relation to the
wings
❑ 2 + 2 each
5 - Bonnet sound proofing
❑ Fixed by retaining clips
⇒ Item 9 (page 38)
stalling noise insula‐
tion”, page 50
6 - Hinge for bonnet
stalling hinges”,
page 49
7 - Nut
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 24± 2 Nm
8 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 24± 2 Nm
9 - Retaining clip
❑ 5 off
10 - Front bonnet support rod
❑ ⇒ “1.11 Removing and installing support rod”, page 52
11 - Engine compartment noise insulation
❑ Depending on the version, see ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalog
12 - Plenum chamber cover
❑ ⇒ “3.3 Removing and installing bulkhead”, page 32
13 - Nut
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 9± 1 Nm
38 Rep. gr.55 - Bonnet, rear lid

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ Always replace.
❑ ⇒ “3.4 Removing and installing plenum chamber cover”, page 34
16 - Quick locking nut
❑ 3 off
17 - Retaining clip
❑ To fix the noise insulation of the plenum chamber cover
❑ 3 off
❑ Open with screwdriver
❑ Always replace.
18 - Soundproofing on water box
❑ Depending on the version, see ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalog
19 - Securing cap
❑ To fix the noise insulation of the plenum chamber
❑ 2 off
20 - Retaining clip
❑ For attaching the bonnet noise insulation
❑ 5 off
❑ Always replace.
21 - Air duct grille
❑ ⇒ “3.6 Air duct grille: removing and installing”, page 37
22 - Air duct grille cover
❑ ⇒ “3.5 Air duct grille cover: removing and installing”, page 36
23 - Separator
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ Removing and fitting ⇒ page 31
24 - Plenum chamber seal
25 - Bonnet
❑ ⇒ “1.3 Removing and installing bonnet”, page 41
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 42
1. Bonnet 39
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.2 Exploded view - Bowden cable
1 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 10± 1 Nm
❑ For fastening the re‐
lease lever
2 - Release handle
Removing
– Unthread the bolts -2-

and remove the release
lever.
❑ Adjusting:
– The release lever can
be adjusted to the left or
to the right within the ex‐
tended holes.
3 - Staple
4 - Operating lever
stalling operating lever
for bonnet”, page 46
5 - Support plate
❑ For operating lever
6 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 1.5± 0.2 Nm
❑ For fastening the actuat‐
ing lever
7 - Spreader block
❑ 2 off
8 - Retaining clip
❑ For the cable for opening the bonnet
9 - Bushing
10 - Cable for opening the bonnet
❑ Side of the actuation lever ⇒ Item 4 (page 40)
❑ ⇒ “1.10 Control cable le: removal and installation”, page 51
11 - Coupling sleeve
12 - Cable for opening the bonnet
❑ Locking the bonnet catch ⇒ Item 14 (page 41) .
❑ ⇒ “1.10 Control cable le: removal and installation”, page 51
13 - Retaining clip

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
14 - Bonnet catch
❑ ⇒ “1.5 Removing and installing bonnet lock”, page 45
❑ ⇒ “1.4 Adjusting bonnet”, page 42
WARNING
Always replace mount‐
ing bolts for bonnet catch
with new bolts every time
they are loosened.
❑ Adjusting – within oversized holes

❑ Checking panel gaps ⇒ Body Repairs; Rep. gr. 00
15 - Microswitch plug connector
❑ For the bonnet catch ⇒ Item 14 (page 41)
16 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ For fixing the bonnet catch ⇒ Item 14 (page 41) .
1.3 Removing and installing bonnet

Removing
1. Bonnet 41
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove the supply hose -1- of the windscreen washer sys‐

tem.
– With the assistance of a second mechanic unscrew the four

securing nuts -arrows- of the bonnet from the hinges and re‐
move the bonnet.
Note
To protect the components removed against damage, cover the

resting surface with soft material.
fitting
– Place the front bonnet so that the threaded bolts are fastened
on the openings of the hinges and tighten the hexagonal nuts
by hand.
– Connect the supply hose -1- of the windscreen washer sys‐

tem.
– Bonnet: adjustment ⇒ page 42
– On completion of the adjustments tighten the hexagonal nuts.
– Adjust windscreen wiper jet ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 92 ;
Front windscreen wiper; Adjusting windscreen wiper jet .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - bonnet”, page 38
1.4 Adjusting bonnet


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Adjustment gauges - 3371-
Caution
For carrying out the basic adjustment of the bonnet, the vehicle
should be on a level ground with the weight resting on all four
wheels.
Setting via the hinges

By adjusting the hinged nuts, the bonnet can be aligned crosswise
and lengthwise to the wing. It cannot be adjusted in its height.
Note
For setting using the hinges, you do not have to use the adjusting buffer -1- and -3- nor the bolts -6-.
– Open the front bonnet and use the rod to keep it open -5-.
1. Bonnet 43
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove the fixing screws of the unlocking lever -4-. Remove

the lever.
– Unscrew the hexagon nuts -7- on both sides only far enough
to allow sliding between the bonnet hinge -8- and the bonnet.
– Lower the bonnet and align to the wing. Checking panel gaps
⇒ Body Repairs; Rep. gr. 00
– Open the front bonnet and use the rod to keep it open -5-.
– Adapt the hexagon nut -7-.
– Install the releasing lever -4-.
– On completion of the work, tighten the screws to their tighten‐
ing torque. ⇒ page 45
Note
On completion of assembly or adjustment work, the hinges and hexagonal nuts should be protected against
rust.
Adjustment via the lock

The height of the bonnet can be adapted by actuating the lock
from the front with regard to the wing.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

– Loosen the bolts -arrows-, but do not screw out.
Note
The elastic limiters -1- (two units) are not used for the adjustment.
They are only used for stabilizing or buffering the bonnet.
– Actuate the adjustment buffer as desired -2- and close the

bonnet, check the height in the in the front area with regard to
the wing.
– Open the bonnet and repeat the procedure as often as you
have to until the area at the front of the bonnet is flush with the
wing.
– On completion of the work, tighten the screws to their tighten‐
ing torque. ⇒ page 45
Specified torques
Overview Tightening torque (in Nm)
Fixing nuts of the hinges ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview -
bonnet”, page 38
Fixing screws of the catch ⇒ “1.2 Exploded view - Bowden
cable”, page 40
Fixing screws for the release ⇒ “1.2 Exploded view - Bowden
lever cable”, page 40
1.5 Removing and installing bonnet lock

1. Bonnet 45
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
WARNING
Always replace mounting bolts for bonnet catch with new bolts
every time they are loosened.

– Disconnect the connector from the microswitch and clip out of
the lock carrier.
– Unscrew the two bolts -arrows- fastening the lock.
– Pull out the lock of the bonnet up a little -2-.

– Hook out the Bowden cable from the lock -1-, first clip out at
the lower area -arrow 1- and then remove by pulling in the
direction of -arrow 2-.
fitting
WARNING
Always replace mounting bolts for bonnet catch with new bolts
Adjustment: ⇒ page 44
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.2 Exploded view - Bowden cable”, page 40
1.6 Removing and installing operating lever for bonnet

Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Pull the operating lever -1- to open the bonnet.

– Insert a small screwdriver in gap between release lever -1- and
retaining clip -2-.
– Undo the retainer -2- of the lever -1- -arrow a- and remove the
lever -arrow b- from the lever holder -3-.
For additional work on the lever bracket -3- the lower trim of the
A-column must -4- be partially dismantled ⇒ General body work
- interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Interior trim; installing and removing the
door sill .
fitting
– Push retaining clip -2- into release lever.
– Engage the lever -1- on the lever holder -3-.
Caution
Before closing front bonnet check the working of the Bowden

cable lever.
1. Bonnet 47
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.7 Slip plate - removing and installing

Removing
– Open bonnet -2-.

– Loosen bolts -3-.
– Remove striker pin -1- from bonnet -2-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
Installation of the striker pin -1- is carried out in the reverse order
of removal.
– Adjust strike plate ⇒ page 42 .
Specified torques
1.8 Removing and installing hinges

Removing
Note

– Remove the bonnet ⇒ page 41 .
1. Bonnet 49
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Undo bolts -1- and remove hinge.

fitting
– Place hinges on threaded rods of bonnet and tighten the hex‐
agonal nuts by hand.
Note
Centrally align threaded rods with respect to the openings of the

hinges and tighten by hand turning the nuts 2 turns.
The remaining assembly operations require the assistance of a

second operator.
– Place the bonnet, secure the hinges on the top outer side of
longitudinal members and tighten the screws by hand.
– Adjust the bonnet so that the side profiles of the bonnet, wing
side, are in line with the upper A-pillar.
– Close the hood and check and adjust the back side of the hood
with the upper A-columns⇒ Body Repairs; Rep. gr. 00 .
Tighten the hex screws to the tightening torque ⇒ page 50 .
– Place the front wings in position with the upper bolts and adjust
the spacing between the wings and bonnet. ⇒ Body Repairs;
Rep. gr. 00
– After completing the adjustment work, tighten the hex screws
to the tightening torque ⇒ page 50 .
– Install the front bumper ⇒ page 27 and check the gaps ⇒ Body
Repairs; Rep. gr. 00 .
Note
On completion of assembly or adjustment work, the hinges and

hexagonal nuts should be protected against rust.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - bonnet”, page 38
1.9 Removing and installing noise insulation

Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Using the lever - 80 200- remove all fixing clips -2- from the
noise insulation of the bonnet -1- and separate.
fitting
1.10 Control cable le: removal and installa‐

tion
Removing
– Release clip -1- and remove air hose.
Note

the engine version.

tach.
– Remove the bonnet catch ⇒ page 45 .
– Remove operating lever ⇒ page 46 .
– Partially remove lower A-pillar cover ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Interior covers; Door sill: remove and
install .
– Partially remove the protective foam from the work area.
– Unscrew bolts -2- and remove lever mount -1-.

– Clip out the cable-3- of the lever bracket -1-.
– Turn the cable -3- through 90° in direction of arrow -a-.
– Unfasten the cable -3- and remove from sleeve by moving in
-direction of arrow b-.
Separate the cable for opening the bonnet from the coupling
sleeve. To do so, proceed as follows:
1. Bonnet 51
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– If fitted, clip out the cover for the coupling sleeve -2-.
– Fix a cord or cable to the end of the Bowden cable on the side
of the operating lever that has the following characteristics:
• Diameter: the same or smaller than the Bowden cable aver‐
age.
• Length: minimum 1,000 mm.
Note
After removal, make sure that a cable with sufficient length is visi‐
ble from the side of the engine compartment so that it can be tied
again.
– Pull on the cable until it has been pulled out completely.

– Separate the cable and hold the cable in position.
fitting
– Use cable pulled in during removal to pull in the new control
cable.
Specified torques
1.11 Removing and installing support rod

Removing
– Unclip the support rod -1- on the retaining clip -3-, swivel it
upwards -Arrow a- until it is arranged vertically -Arrow b- and
remove it from the rubber grommet -2- in direction of -arrow-.
fitting
– Install the support rod -1- in the rubber grommet -2- . Swing
the support rod to the lock carrier.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2 Tailgate / Luggage lid
2.1 Exploded view - tailgate
1 - Gas strut retaining bolts

❑ 2 off
❑ Screwed to the body
❑ 22± 2 Nm
2 - Gas strut
❑ ⇒ “2.9 Gas shock ab‐
sorber: removing and fit‐
ting”, page 68
❑ ⇒ “2.10 Releasing gas
from gas strut”,
page 70
3 - Sealing plug
4 - Rear lid
stalling rear lid”,
page 55
❑ ⇒ “2.3 Adjusting rear
lid”, page 58
❑ Checking panel gaps
⇒ Body Repairs; Rep.
gr. 00
5 - Lower tailgate trim
❑ Install and remove ⇒
General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 70 ;
Compartments/covers;
Removing and installing
tailgate cover .
6 - Upper tailgate lining
❑ Install and remove ⇒
Compartments/covers;
upper tailgate cover .
7 - Fixed rubber limiters
❑ 2 off
8 - Sealing plug
❑ 1x
9 - Bellows
❑ 2 off
10 - Anti-jam protection
❑ 2 off
❑ Adheres to the rear panel
11 - Seal
❑ ⇒ “2.8 Removing and installing tailgate seal”, page 67
2. Tailgate / Luggage lid 53

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
12 - Nut
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 24± 2 Nm
13 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 10± 1 Nm
14 - Hinge
❑ ⇒ “2.6 Removing and installing hinges”, page 65
2.1.1 Exploded view - tailgate (2 and 4-door models)
❑ ⇒ “2.3.4 Adjusting buf‐
fers”, page 63
Removing
– With a ring spanner, e/c

24 mm, turn 90º to the
left to remove from the
shaped hole.
2 - Tailgate catch
⇒ page 64
3 - Line / plug for locking and
unlocking on handle
4 - Tailgate handle
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ page 64 .
5 - Rear lid
6 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 20 Nm
7 - Line / plug on tailgate catch
8 - Rear handles
9 - Hexagon nut
❑ 3 off
❑ 8 Nm
10 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 20 Nm
11 - Tailgate slide
❑ ⇒ “2.7 Slip plate - removing and installing”, page 66
❑ ⇒ “2.3.3 Adjust the tailgate striker plate”, page 62
❑ Checking panel gaps ⇒ Body Repairs; Rep. gr. 00
❑ 2 off

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.1.2 Exploded view - tailgate (ST model)
❑ ⇒ “2.3.4 Adjusting buf‐
fers”, page 63
Removing
– With a ring spanner, e/c

24 mm, turn 90º to the
left to remove from the
shaped hole.
2 - Nut
❑ 2 off
❑ 20 Nm
3 - Tailgate catch
⇒ page 64
4 - Line / plug for locking and
unlocking on handle
5 - Tailgate handle
⇒ page 64 .
6 - Rear lid
7 - Line / plug on tailgate catch
8 - Rear handles
9 - Hexagon nut
❑ 3 off
❑ 8 Nm
10 - Locking mechanism cover
11 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 20 Nm
12 - Tailgate slide
❑ ⇒ “2.3.3 Adjust the tailgate striker plate”, page 62
❑ 1 + 1 each
2.2 Removing and installing rear lid


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– With the tailgate closed, remove the middle brake light in the
tailgate ⇒ Electrical System; Rep. gr. 94 ; High position brake
light; install and remove high position brake light .
– Open the tailgate.
– Remove upper tailgate trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 70 ; Luggage compartment trim; Removing and in‐
stalling upper tailgate trim .
– Remove lower tailgate trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
stalling lower tailgate trim .
– Clip out the bellows -5- on the side of the tailgate (one on each
side).

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Clip out the coupling sleeve from the connector -1- from the
tailgate -2-.
– Clip out the connector from the mount -1- as an assembly
-3-.
– Undo connector -3- and remove the wiring harness along with
the bellows that is fixed to the body.
– Remove the fixing screws from the earth terminal -4-.
– Disconnect the plug connector -7- from the aerial filter (one on
each side).
– Release the clips -5- from the tailgate and remove the wiring
harness from the flap (one on each side).

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove the gas struts -4- ⇒ page 68 .

– With the assistance of a second mechanic, screw out the bolts
-3- of the hinges -2- and remove the rear lid -1-.
Note

fitting
– With the assistance of a second operator, fit the tailgate onto
the hinges and tighten the nuts by hand.
Caution
Before closing the tailgate, check that the unlocking compo‐

nents are operating.
– Adjusting rear lid ⇒ page 58 .

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - tailgate”, page 53
2.3 Adjusting rear lid


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
♦ For the basic setting of the rear lid, the vehicle should be on
the ground and the weight resting on all four wheels.
♦ The tailgate lock is attached directly onto the tailgate with
bolts. There are no over-sized openings, and therefore it can
not be adjusted.
♦ The adjustment stops, as for other vehicles, can not be used
to adjust the tailgate. They are only for stabilising or damping
the tailgate.
♦ To adjust the tailgate correctly, adjust the length, width and
depth.
♦ For an exact tailgate adjustment, check, when closed, that all
the spacings are within the specified tolerance Check the
spacings ⇒ Body Repairs; Rep. gr. 00
♦ The tailgate must fit into the slip plate without the use of ex‐
cessive force.
Tailgate: set depth ⇒ page 59 .

Tailgate: longitudinal and lateral adjustment ⇒ page 61 .
Strike plate: adjusting ⇒ page 62 .
Adjusting buffer: Adjusting ⇒ page 63 .
2.3.1 Tailgate: depth adjustment

Before adjusting the bottom position of the tailgate, insert the ad‐
justment stops to the limit, as follows:

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Loosen lock bolt -2-, but do not screw out.

– Push back the stop -1- until the dimension -A- has been re‐
duced as far as possible.
– Remove the gas shock absorbers ⇒ page 68 .
Note
♦ The tailgate depth adjustment is made from adjustment slots

in the tailgate hinges. Slackening nuts -arrows- can rectify tail‐
gate door position.
♦ On completion of assembly or adjustment work, the hinges
and hexagonal nuts should be protected against rust.
– Loosen the bolts -arrows- of the hinges, but do not screw out.
Adjusting .
For adjusting or for checking the tolerances, use the measure‐
ment tool - 3371- .
– Adjust the tailgate so that the side profiles on the side panels
are flush with the tailgate.
– Close the tailgate and check the spacings between the edge
of the tailgate spoiler and the roof and adjust ⇒ Body Repairs;
Rep. gr. 00 .
Note
For a precise adjustment of the tailgate, ensure that, when it is

closed, the tolerances are all equal and do not extend on any side
– After adjustment has been completed, tighten the hexagonal

nuts -arrows - to 20 Nm.
Note

– Fit the gas shock absorbers ⇒ page 68 .

– Check the adjustment stops ⇒ page 63 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.3.2 Tailgate: longitudinal and lateral adjust‐

ment
Before adjusting the lateral and longitudinal position of the tail‐
gate, insert the adjustment stops to the limit, as follows:
– Remove the fastenings on the rear tray from the tailgate and
take out the storage tray.
– Remove the gas shock absorbers ⇒ page 68 .
– Remove B-pillar cover ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 70 ; Interior covers; B-pillar cover: remove and install .
– Remove upper C-pillar cover ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 70 ; Interior covers; C-pillar cover: remove and install .
– Roof grips in the interior ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 68 ; Interior; installing and removing roof grips .
Note
Wear clean gloves in order to prevent dirt getting onto the roof
trim during the removal.
– Using the lever - 80 200- , undo the clips that are used to fix
the roof trim onto the rear cross piece of the roof.
– Carefully lower the roof trim at the rear side until you can see
the hinge screws.
Note
The tailgate lengthways and horizontal adjustment is made from

the oversized adjustment slots in the tailgate hinges. Slackening
nuts -1- can rectify tailgate door position.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Loosen the bolts -1- of the hinges, but do not screw out. Ad‐
justing .
– With the aid of a 2nd mechanic, align the tailgate with the ex‐
ternal contours and set the gap ⇒ Body Repairs; Rep. gr. 00 .
– Tighten the hexagonal nuts on the hinges.
– Close the tailgate and check the spacings; adjust if necessary.
⇒ Body Repairs; Rep. gr. 00
Note
For a precise adjustment of the tailgate, ensure that, when it is

closed, the tolerances are all equal and do not extend on any side
– Use the tightening torque of the screws. See ⇒ page 53
Note

– Fit the gas shock absorbers ⇒ page 68 .

2.3.3 Adjust the tailgate striker plate

Before adjusting, insert the adjustment stops to the limit, as fol‐
lows:
– Remove luggage compartment closure trim ⇒ General body
repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Luggage compartment trim; Re‐
moving and installing lock brackets .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Loosen the bolts -2-, but do not screw out.

– Fit the slip plate -1- as far back as possible -arrow- and tighten
the bolts -2- by hand.
– Close the tailgate and fit flush with the bodywork profile.
Note
The lock of the rear lid must engage in the main latching position
(second latching position).
– Open the rear lid and set the screws -2-. See ⇒ page 54
– Check all clearances for precise adjustments of the tailgate
⇒ Body Repairs; Rep. gr. 00 .
2.3.4 Adjusting buffers
Note
The sequences described in the following apply for the adjust‐

ment buffer -1- on both sides.

– Pull out stop -1- to dimension -a- = 12.5 mm.
– Close the tailgate by pressing gently in the centre, but only
until the first fixing.
– Open the tailgate again.
– Screw the lock bolt -2- to its limit.
– Press and pull on the side edges of the tailgate, under the
window, to check that it closes tightly and is flush with the
bodywork.
Note
With the rear lid correctly adjusted and closed, the adjusting buf‐
fers must rest lightly against the body.
– Adjust again if necessary.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.4 Tailgate lock; removing and fitting

Removing
– Remove lower tailgate trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
stalling lower tailgate trim .
– Detach connector -2-.
– Remove the bolts -1- (model ST, nuts) and remove the rear lid
lock -6-.
fitting
Specified torques
– Apply the tightening torque on the bolts, 3 and 5 doors. See
⇒ page 54
– Use the tightening torque on the bolts, model ST. See
⇒ page 55
2.5 Removing and installing actuator


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Remove lower tailgate trim ⇒ page 53
– Loosen nut -3-.
– Turn the retaining clips in the direction of the -arrows- and re‐
move the rear handle -5-.
– Pull off the handle.
fitting
Caution
Before closing the tailgate, check that the unlocking compo‐

nents are operating.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1.1 Exploded view - tailgate (2 and 4-door models)”, page
54
2.6 Removing and installing hinges


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
Note

– Remove tailgate ⇒ page 55 .

– Remove B-pillar cover ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 70 ; Interior covers; B-pillar cover: remove and install .
– Remove upper C-pillar cover ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
– Roof grips in the interior ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 68 ; Interior; installing and removing roof grips .
Note
Wear clean gloves in order to prevent dirt getting onto the roof
– Using the lever - 80 200- , undo the clips that are used to fix
the roof trim onto the rear cross piece of the roof.
– Carefully lower the roof trim at the rear side until you can see
the hinge screws.
– Remove nut -1- and remove the tailgate hinge -2-.
fitting
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - tailgate”, page 53


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Remove luggage compartment closure trim ⇒ General body
repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Luggage compartment trim; Re‐
moving and installing lock brackets .
– Unscrew bolts -2- and remove strike plate -1-.
fitting
– Screw in the screws -1- by hand.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1.1 Exploded view - tailgate (2 and 4-door models)”, page
54
2.8 Removing and installing tailgate seal

♦ Thrust piece - T20098-
Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Pull seal -1- off body flange.

-arrow-: vulcanised connection of the seal.
fitting
Note
♦ When being installed in the production, the seals are coated

with a sealing mass, placed in the flange and then put in po‐
sition using the press tool - T20098- .
♦ On removing the seal, the sealant spreads onto the interior of
the seal and the sides open slightly. When reinstalling, the
tightness nor the correct seating of the seal can be guaran‐
teed. Therefore each seal which is removed completely should
be replaced by a so-called “tap-on” seal.
♦ If the gaskets are pulled out partially, it is necessary to press
the sides of the seal together before installing.
– Temporarily place the seal on the bodywork flange. When do‐

ing so, keep in mind the following:
• The vulcanised connection -arrow- must be aligned with the

upper section of the light mount.
– Start with the installation of the vulcanised connection
-arrow- and then continue with the other sections of the seal
-1-.
– If the seal is positioned correctly on the bodywork flange, press
in the seal over the entire perimeter using the press tool -
T20098- .
2.9 Gas shock absorber: removing and fit‐

ting
Removing
– Fasten the tailgate with suitable equipment.
DANGER!
If the gas shock absorber is to be used again, take care. The

elastic clips -2- should not project from the housing in case they
become damaged. The damping would come out of the casing
and could cause damage or injure the operator.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Lift the spring clips -2- with a screwdriver and remove the gas
shock absorber -3- from the bolts -1-.
After removing the shock absorber -3- refit the elastic staples
-2- in position.
fitting
Note
♦ After removing the gas shock absorber completely, make sure

that it is fitted into the correct position.
♦ The shock absorbing element must be fitted towards the side
of the bodywork.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.10 Releasing gas from gas strut

– Clamp gas strut in vice in area x = 50 mm.
WARNING
The damper can only be fixed to the bench in this area, be‐
cause any other position may lead to damage
Always wear safety goggles and leather gloves.
Note
♦ Cover area of saw cut with a cloth.

♦ Oil and cloths must be disposed of correctly.
– Cut the gas damper cylinder with a saw by the first third part
of the total length of the cylinder, using the rod edge as refer‐
ence.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3 Fuel tank lid unit
3.1 Exploded view - tank flap unit
1 - Tank filler flap locking motor

- V155-
stalling actuator”,
page 74
2 - Fuel tank lid unit
stalling tank flap unit”,
page 71
3 - Tank flap unit
❑ With securing tag
stalling filler neck com‐
partment lid”, page 73
4 - Trim panel
❑ Secured to cover of unit
with retaining clips
5 - Bolt.
❑ 1x
❑ 1.5± 0.2 Nm
6 - Rear wheel housing
❑ ⇒ “9.2 Exploded view -
wheel housing liner
(rear)”, page 534
7 - Water drainage pipe
3.2 Removing and installing tank flap unit

3. Fuel tank lid unit 71

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Loosen the drain tube from the fixing on the wheel housing
-arrow-.
– Open the fuel tank flap and unscrew the fuel plug.
– Unscrew the bolt -1-.

– Insert the lever - U 30800- between the tank flap unit and the
side plate in the area near to -arrow a-.
Caution
Risk of damage to parts.
– Using a flat screwdriver, apply pressure to the soft point

marked with -arrow a- and remove the retaining clip.
– Repeat the steps carried out for the other retaining clips (see
arrows -b-, -c- and -d-).
– Remove the unit -1- from the rear side plate. For this purpose,
first pull outwards -arrow e- and then pull to the left -arrow f-.
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Guide the drain pipe -1- through the opening in the side plate
through the rear wheel housing, without fixing it.
– Have the opening of the unit -3- engage in the tank filler.
– Engage the unit -3- in the side plate, when doing so, first guide
in on the side of the hinge -arrow a-.
– Then guide in the unit -3- in the direction of -arrow b-. Make
sure not to damage the tank flap lock - V155- .-2-.
– Screw in the cover and close the fuel tank flap.
– Engage the drain tube to the fixing on the wheel housing

-arrow-.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Exploded view - tank flap unit”, page 71
3.3 Removing and installing filler neck com‐

partment lid
Removing
– Open tank flap.
3. Fuel tank lid unit 73

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Insert - 3409- the lever into the recess and press the friction
finger -1- in -arrow direction A- and at the same time push the
tank flap in -arrow direction B- .
fitting
3.4 Removing and installing actuator

Removing
– Remove tank flap unit ⇒ page 71 .
– Push the tank flap lock - V155- to the side -arrow- and push
out of the chassis.
– Disconnect connector -2-.
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
57 – Front doors, door components, central locking

1 Front doors / door components / central locking: Main component
1 - Hinge
door”, page 76
2 - Front door joint
door seals”, page 77
3 - Front door control unit
❑ Driver side door control
unit - J386- and Passen‐
ger side door control
unit - J387-
stalling driver door con‐
trol unit J386 and front
passenger door control
unit J387 ”, page 118
4 - Lock in the front door
❑ ⇒ “3.3.2 Exploded view
- door handle and door
lock (part II)”,
page 92
5 - Outside handle (front door)
lock (part I)”, page 91
6 - Front door
⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - door”,
page 76
7 - Gasket for noise damping

5-door models
❑ It is attached to the door
with 11 retaining clips
3-door models
❑ It is attached to the door with 22 retaining clips
1. Front doors / door components / central locking: Main component 75

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2 Door
2.1 Exploded view - door
1 - Front door holder

❑ The door trim and the
loudspeaker must be re‐
moved for removal.
stalling door arrester”,
page 87
2 - Upper hinge
stalling door hinge”,
page 85
3 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 32± 5 Nm
❑ Always replace.
4 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 32± 5 Nm
❑ Always replace.
5 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 32± 5 Nm
❑ Always replace.
6 - Seal
7 - Stud
❑ Always replace.
❑ 10± 1.5 Nm
8 - Sealing plug
❑ To cover the stud head
9 - Lower hinge
❑ ⇒ “2.7 Removing and installing door hinge”, page 85
10 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 8± 1 Nm
11 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 30± 5 Nm
❑ For fixing the strut of the door retainer on the A-pillar.
76 Rep. gr.57 - Front doors, door components, central locking

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.2 Exploded view - door seals
1 - Front door seal

stalling inner door seal”,
page 77
2 - Front door
stalling door”,
page 81
3 - Top diameter of the body
flange
❑ Is used as reference
point when installing the
seal
4 - Imaginary line of the refer‐
ence
❑ Angle bisector, that form
the sides of the upper
radius
5 - Colour marking
❑ Marked on the inner
section of the seal
2.3 Removing and installing inner door seal

Seal for front door: remove ⇒ page 78
Front door seal: Fitting ⇒ page 78
♦ Release lever - U 30800-
2. Door 77
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Remove front door seal
Note

– Open the front door.

– Partially remove the lower trim flush with the seal ⇒ General
body work - interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Interior trim .
WARNING
Take care not to damage the roof lining in the area where the
seal joins the roof.
– Clip out the door seal from the body flange.

Install front door seal
Note

♦ Before installation of the seal partially removed, press the
sealing edges together.
♦ Wear clean gloves in order to prevent dirt getting onto the roof


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
• The vulcanised connection -arrow- of the seal must be centred

between both hinges.
– Start the installation on the upper diameter -3- of the body

flange and then continue with the remaining sections.
2. Door 79
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

T20098- .
2.4 Removing and installing door seal (out‐

er)
⇒ “2.4.1 Removing and installing door outer seal, 4-door model”,
page 80
⇒ “2.4.2 Removing and installing door outer seal, 2-door model”,
page 81
2.4.1 Removing and installing door outer seal, 4-door model
Removing
– Pull door seal -1- off door -2- together with the clips -3-.
fitting
– Check clips -3- for damage and renew if necessary.
– Press door seal -1- on door -2- together with the clips -3-.
The clips -3- need to be pressed in until stop.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.4.2 Removing and installing door outer seal, 2-door model
Removing
– Pull door seal -1- off door -2- together with the clips -3-.
fitting
– Check clips -3- for damage and renew if necessary.
– Press door seal -1- on door -2- together with the clips -3-.
The clips -3- need to be pressed in until stop.
2.5 Removing and installing door

2. Door 81
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note

Removing
– Disconnect the multi-plug in the A-column ⇒ Electrical Sys‐
tem; Rep. gr. 97 ; Plug; disconnect left door disconnection
plug .
– Unscrew bolt -2- on door retainer.
– Detach the caps -1- and -3- from studs -4-.
– Release the fixing pin -4- of the hinge axis at the top, do not
screw out.
– Release the fixing pin -4- of the hinge axis at the bottom, do
not screw out.
– Lift the door upwards and remove from hinge shafts carefully.
Note

fitting
Note
♦ Threaded pins -4- must always be replaced.

♦ After fitting the door, do not make any adjustments.
– Place the door on the hinge shafts carefully.

– Tighten the threaded pins -4-.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1 Exploded view - door”, page 76

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.6 Adjusting door

There are three methods for setting the gap in the door:
♦ ⇒ “2.6.1 Front door adjustment (hinges on pillar)”, page 83 .
♦ ⇒ “2.6.2 Front door adjustment (hinges on door)”, page 84 .
♦ ⇒ “2.6.3 Adjusting the striker plate (front door)”, page 85 .
2.6.1 Front door adjustment (hinges on pillar)

By adjusting the screws (on the pillars) of the hinges, the door can
be adjusted in its height and lengthwise.
Removing
– Remove front door ⇒ page 81 .
Only with the hinge at the top, drivers side
– Remove dash panel⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
70 ; Dash panel; Removing and installing dash panel .
– Shift relay support housing ⇒ Electrical System; Rep. gr. 97 ;
Relay support, fuse holder and E-boxes; install and remove
relay support and fuse holder behind the dash panel on the
driver's side .
Only with the hinge at the top, front passenger side
– Remove glove box ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
68 ; Shelves / trim panels; Removing and installing glove box .
Only with the hinge at the bottom, both sides
– Remove door sill⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
70 ; Interior trim; Removing and installing door sill .
Continued for both hinges and both sides
2. Door 83
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Undo the screws -1- and -3- of the upper -2- and lower -4-
hinges, but do not screw out, and adjust the door.
Specified torques
2.6.2 Front door adjustment (hinges on door)

The bolts (on the door) can be adjusted back and forth as well as
the height by loosening the bolts for the hinges on door.
– Open the door.
– Loosen bolts -arrows- on hinges, but do not screw out, and

adjust door.
Specified torques

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.6.3 Adjusting the striker plate (front door)

By using the bolts of the lock catch, the rear area of the door can
be aligned flush with the contour of the body.
– Loosen the bolts -arrows-, but do not screw out.

– Adjust catch -1- until the door is flush with surrounding body
Note
♦ The striker plate is only to be used for adjustment towards the

centre of the vehicle.
♦ The door height must not be adjusted by way of the striker
plate, as the door lock would be damaged in the process.
– When correctly adjusted, the lock catch should be centred on

the door lock.
– Loosely tighten securing bolts -arrows-.
Check the spacings ⇒ Body Repairs; Rep. gr. 00
Specified torques
2.7 Removing and installing door hinge

2. Door 85
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note

Removing
– Remove front door ⇒ page 81 .
Only with the hinge at the top, drivers side
– Remove dash panel⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
70 ; Dash panel; Removing and installing dash panel .
– Unscrew the three fixation screws and push the relay support
in the proper form to the side ⇒ Electrical System; Rep. gr.
97 ; Relay support, fuse holder and E-boxes; install and re‐
move relay support and fuse holder behind the dash panel on
the driver's side .
Only with the hinge at the top, front passenger side
– Remove glove box ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
68 ; Shelves / trim panels; Removing and installing glove box .
Only with the hinge at the bottom, both sides
– Remove door sill⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
70 ; Interior trim; Removing and installing door sill .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Continued for both hinges and both sides

– Undo bolts -3- and -5- and remove the upper hinge -2- and
lower hinge -4- on the A-pillar -1-.
fitting
WARNING
♦ Always replace mounting bolts for hinges with new bolts

♦ Driver side only: before fitting the dash panel insert, adjust
the front door.
– Adjust the door ⇒ “2.6 Adjusting door”, page 83 .

Note
♦ The markings on the pin that cannot be removed, remove with

isopropanol or heptanol.
♦ After installing or alignment, carry out corrosion protection
measures on hinges and screws/bolts.
2.8 Removing and installing door arrester

Removing
Note
Protect A-pillar in vicinity of door holder with masking tape to avoid

damaging paintwork.
– Move door window to “closed” position.

– Remove the speaker ⇒ Communication; Rep. gr. 91 ; Sound
system; Front left base speaker - R21- .
– Unscrew bolt -arrow- on door retainer.
2. Door 87
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove the grommets -2-.

– Remove the screws-arrows- and the door holder -1- through
the loudspeaker opening.
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3 Door components
3.1 Exploded view - door components
1 - Spreader block
❑ 3 off
2 - Bolt.
❑ 3 off
3 - Front door window guide
installing window
guide”, page 101
4 - Front door A-pillar outer trim
❑ Fixed to the door
installing A-pillar trim”,
page 502
5 - Insulating foam
⇒ page 502
6 - Bolt.
❑ 1x
❑ 1.3± 0.2 Nm
7 - Interior window well joint
installing inner window
slot trim panel”,
page 102
8 - Inside protective cover
stalling inner door cov‐
er”, page 96
9 - Bolt.
❑ 1 off
❑ 3.5 Nm
10 - Separator
❑ 1 off
11 - Seal
❑ Pressed in the door frame
12 - Front door B-pillar outer trim
❑ ⇒ “4.12 Removing and installing trim panel for B-pillar (front door)”, page 504
13 - Outer window slot seal
❑ ⇒ “3.13 Removing and installing outer window slot trim panel”, page 104
3. Door components 89
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.2 Exploded view - window regulator
1 - Front door windows

stalling front door win‐
dow”, page 430
❑ ⇒ “6.4.1 Synchronisa‐
tion and storage of win‐
dow course”, page 434
2 - Nut
❑ 4 off
❑ 6± 0.5 Nm
3 - Sealing plug
❑ 5 off
4 - Driver door control unit
❑ Driver door control unit -
J386-
5 - Bolt.
❑ 3 off
❑ 3± 0.5 Nm
6 - Front door
stalling door”, page 81
❑ ⇒ “2.6 Adjusting door”,
page 83
er”, page 96
8 - Window regulator
❑ ⇒ “3.5 Removing and installing window regulator”, page 93
9 - Electric window riser motor
❑ ⇒ “3.4 Removing and installing window regulator motor”, page 93
❑ Window riser motor control unit ⇒ Item 4 (page 90) is not included in the window riser motor.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.3 Exploded view - door handle and door

lock
3.3.1 Exploded view - door handle and door lock (part I)
1 - Cable for the outside handle

(front door)
❑ Bowden cable
installing the cable for
the outside handle (front
door)”, page 110
❑ See ⇒ Electronic parts
catalogue .
2 - Bolt.
❑ Driver side
❑ For the lock cylinder
❑ 3.5 Nm
3 - Sealing plug
❑ For screw
❑ 1x
❑ Stuck to door panel
5 - Backing plate (rear)
❑ For the seat of the lock
cover of the outside
handle or the locking
cylinder
6 - Cover for the lock of the
outside handle (front door)
❑ Passenger side
❑ Fixed via the locking bar
on the mount of the out‐
side handle
installing the cover for
the lock of the outside
handle (front door)”, page 108
7 - Cover of the lock cylinder
❑ Driver side
❑ Clipped into the lock cylinder.
8 - Outside handle (front door) with Kessy system
❑ ⇒ “3.8 Removing and installing door handle”, page 97
9 - Outside handle (front door)
❑ ⇒ “3.8 Removing and installing door handle”, page 97
10 - Lock cylinder
❑ Driver side
❑ ⇒ “3.15 Lock cylinder, removing and installing”, page 106
❑ ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalog
❑ Complete this process when replacing a key ⇒ “4.4 Key programming”, page 119
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
11 - Backing plate (front)

❑ For the seat of the outside handle
12 - Bolt.
❑ 1.7 Nm
13 - Mount for the outside handle (front door)
❑ ⇒ “3.9 Removing and installing mounting bracket”, page 100
3.3.2 Exploded view - door handle and door lock (part II)
1 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ With washer
❑ 19 Nm
2 - Sealing plug
❑ Fitted into door panel
3 - Sealing plug
❑ Fitted into door panel
❑ 1x
5 - Bolt.
❑ 1x
6 - Front door
er”, page 96
8 - Cable for the inside handle
(front door)
❑ Bowden cable
❑ See ⇒ Electronic Parts
Catalog
the inside handle (front
door)”, page 112
9 - Door lock
❑ With seal cover
❑ ⇒ “3.10 Removing and installing door lock”, page 100
❑ See ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalog
10 - Door lock connector
11 - Striker plate
❑ With plastic base.
❑ ⇒ “2.6.3 Adjusting the striker plate (front door)”, page 85

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
12 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 24 Nm
3.4 Removing and installing window regula‐

tor motor
♦ Removing ⇒ page 93
♦ Installation ⇒ page 93
Note
The control unit of the front door is fixed in the door frame.
Removing
– Removing interior trim of front door: ⇒ Bodywork, interior in‐
stallation work; Rep. gr. 70 ; Front door trim: removing and
installation; front door trim: removing and installation.
– Secure door window against sliding down with adhesive tape.
– Clip out and remove the plug connector of the shaft -3-.
– Remove the window lifter motor -4- from the mount -2-.
fitting
– Insert the window lifter motor -1- into the supports -3-. Move
door window up and down slightly so that the splines between
motor and cable drum engage more easily.
– Use the tightening torque of the screws ⇒ page 93
– Undertake the synchronisation and storage of the window
course ⇒ page 434 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “6.1 Exploded view - front door window”, page 429

tor
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
Note


– Remove the interior protection cover (front door)
⇒ page 96 .
– Connect the electric connector of the electric window switch.
– Switch on ignition.
– Align the window so that the retaining clips -arrows- of the
window clamping jaws are viewed.
– Switch off the ignition and separate the connector of the win‐
dow riser switch.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Use screwdriver or similar tool to press actuator -3- outwards

through opening in window guide -1- and hole in door window
-2- in order to release actuator.
– Pull the door window upwards out of actuator.
– Unclip the plug from the outlet -3- remove the fixation clip and
unplug the plug.
– Remove the plug ⇒ Item 3 (page 90) .

– Loosen hexagon nuts -1-.
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Release locking hook of cable drum -arrows a- and insert in‐

side the door.
– Detach the fastening clip of the window lifter cable from the
door frame.
– Turn the window lifter motor -2- slightly in direction of
-arrow a-.
– Guide the window lifter motor to the door shaft -arrow b- and
remove -arrow c-.
fitting
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “6.1 Exploded view - front door window”, page 429
3.6 Removing and installing inner door cov‐

er

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Move electrical wiring harness -4- clear.
– With the wedge - 3409- detach the inner protection cover of
the door -3-.
– Release the grommet -1- of the inside handle cable -2- from
the inside protective cover.
fitting
6
– You should hear the inside protection cover click into place.
• You inside protection must be installed flush.

Removing
fitting
– Fit striker pin -2- and lightly tighten screws -1-.
– Adjust strike plate
⇒ “2.6.3 Adjusting the striker plate (front door)”, page 85 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.3.2 Exploded view - door handle and door lock (part II)”,
page 92
3.8 Removing and installing door handle

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Hooks - 3438-
Removing
• Door on the drivers side: Remove lock cylinder ⇒ page 106 .
• Door on the passenger side: Remove the cover of the handle
lock ⇒ page 108 .
– Carefully pull handle -2- in direction -arrow a- and remove from
mount -1-.
– Remove rear side of handle in direction -arrow b-.
– Remove door handle from mounting unit -1- at right angle
-arrow c-.
Only for vehicles with keyless access
– Fix the electrical wire of the door handle -3- using adhesive
tape on the door panel.
– Remove the electrical connector of the door handle -4-.
fitting
– If the rear -1- and the front bases -2- are damaged or brittle,
replace them.
– Make sure that the rear base and the front base are installed
correctly.
Only for vehicles with keyless access
– Connect the electrical connector of the door handle.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Insert an Allen key -2- through the opening in the cover and
place it so that the articulated lever can be pulled -1- in the
direction of the -arrow-.
– Pull Allen key until the articulated lever can go no further -1-.
– Without releasing the Allen key, insert the hook - 3438-

through the opening in the lever cover and hold the mecha‐
nism -1- at the groove and pull.
Note
Place the hook - 3438- so that it is not in the way when inserting
the lever.
– Remove the Allen key and keep holding the mechanism -1-
with the hook - 3438- .
– Place the lever -1- at right angles -arrow a- on the housing

assembly-2-.
– Pivot the lever -1- towards the inside of the door-arrow b-.
– Move the lever forwards -arrow c- to fit it in the housing as‐
sembly.
– Pull off the hook - 3438- .
♦ Driver side only: Install lock cylinder
⇒ “3.15 Lock cylinder, removing and installing”, page 106 .
♦ Passenger side only: Mount the lock cover of the outside han‐
dle
⇒ “3.16 Removing and installing the cover for the lock of the
outside handle (front door)”, page 108 .
Caution
Before closing the door, the function of the manipulated com‐

ponents when the door is open must be checked.
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.9 Removing and installing mounting

bracket
Caution
Risk of malfunctions.
♦ When removing and installing, make sure the operating
cable is not kinked or damaged.
outside handle:
♦ Door lock
Removing
– Partially remove the control cable on the mount side of the
outside handle ⇒ page 110
– Remove the outside handle ⇒ page 97
– Remove the rear base -2-.
– Carefully press the mount of the outside handle -1- from the
door inside in the -direction of the arrow- and remove from the
door.
fitting
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.3.1 Exploded view - door handle and door lock (part I)”,
page 91
3.10 Removing and installing door lock
Caution
The following does not have to be removed to remove the lock

from the front door:
♦ Mount for the outside handle
• Door on the drivers side: Remove lock cylinder ⇒ page 106

Removing
– Remove the interior protection cover ⇒ page 96 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

– Carefully move the lock -2- in order to obtain access to the
fixing points of the cable -4- on the-door lock side-.
– Turn the actuating cable with the lever -1- through 90° in di‐
rection of arrow -b- and remove it from resistance mounting of
actuating cable -4-.
– Unfasten hose -3-, -Arrow a - of release lever -2- from door
lock.
– Remove the cable of the exterior handle on the
-door lock side- ⇒ page 110
fitting
Caution
♦ Do not close the door.

♦ After completing the installation work, check for trouble-
free function as Bowden cables set or hung in incorrectly
may prevent the door from opening.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.3.2 Exploded view - door handle and door lock (part II)”,
page 92
3.11 Removing and installing window guide

Caution
The following does not have to be removed to remove the win‐

dow shaft seal of the front door:
♦ Outer window slot seal
Removing
– Front door glass: removal ⇒ page 430 .
– Remove the interior window well seal ⇒ page 102 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove the front door A-pillar outer trim ⇒ page 502 .

– Remove the front door B-pillar outer trim ⇒ page 504 .
– Release from inside the lip -3- of the door flange -2-.
– Unfasten it starting at the back area and uniformly pull away
the entire perimeter -Arrows a- of window guide -1-.
– Remove the window shaft seal from the mount -arrow B-.
fitting
Note
The inner part of the window guide is metal. If it is bent or distorted,

it cannot be straightened out any more and remains “wavy”.
Therefore, the window guide must be inserted evenly without be‐
ing bent.
– Installing window guide in its supports -Arrows a-.

– Clip the window guide -3- evenly on the entire frame in the
door flange.
– Insert the sealing lip -2- of the guide on the door flange -1- .
Caution
Before mounting the door trims, the function of the manipulated

components must be checked.
Note
Take care of a uniform seating all around the window guide to

prevent wind noise.
3.12 Removing and installing inner window

slot trim panel

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Wedge - T10039/1-

Removing
Note


• Unfastening the interior window frame gasket -1-; start at the
end indicated by -arrow A-.
– Insert the wedge - T10039/1- under the window shaft seal and
disengage in the direction of the -arrows- on the door.
fitting
• Fitting the internal window frame gasket -1-; start at the end
indicated by -arrow a-.
– Using your hand, press the window shaft seal on and engage
in the door flange evenly.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Using the wedge - T10039/1- apply equal pressure over the

entire surface of the window shaft seal.
– Take care that they are fitted to the flange correctly.
3.13 Removing and installing outer window

slot trim panel
♦ Wedge - T10039/1-

Removing
Caution

window shaft seal on the outside:
♦ The door trim

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
♦ The sequences below describe the processes for removal and

installation for the left side of the vehicle. The corresponding
sequences for the right side are similar with the exception that,
where applicable, the scope of the process is written by your‐
self.
♦ The inner section of the window well seal is made of metal. If
it is bent or distorted, it cannot be straightened out any more
and remains “wavy”. Therefore, the window well seal must be
inserted evenly without being bent.

• Unfastening the outside window frame gasket -1-; start at the
end indicated by -arrow a-.
fitting
Note
The inner section of the window well seal is made of metal. If it is

bent or distorted, it cannot be straightened out any more and re‐
mains “wavy”. Therefore, the window well seal must be inserted
evenly without being bent.
• Fitting outside window frame gasket -1-; start at the end indi‐
cated by -arrow a-.


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.14 Grommet for door reinforcement, three-

door model: renew
Removing
Check grommet -1- for damage and renew if necessary. To do
so, proceed as follows:
– Using the lever - U30800- press the grommet -1- out of the
seat -2- in the body.
fitting
Note
Insert the grommet into the seat in the body with the aid of a soapy
solution.
3.15 Lock cylinder, removing and installing

♦ "Extension 1/4""" - T20203A-
Caution
Complete this process when replacing a key

⇒ “4.4 Key programming”, page 119

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
The lock cylinder is installed only in the front door on the driver's
side.
Removing
– Remove the anti-jam protection and the cover -arrows-.
– Unscrew the retaining bolt -3-.
Caution
Do not completely remove bolts -2-, only screw out to end of

thread.
If force is exerted on the bolt, it is possible for the mechanism
to be rendered unusable.
– Using the "1/4" extension" - T20203A- and the Torx insert T20,
screw the clamping screw -2- out to the stop.
– Using the tool specified, press on the screws -2- in order to
move the locking bar -arrow b- that is holding the lock catch.
– With the lever - 3409- remove the lock cylinder cover -4- from
the handle locating point.
– Carefully pull the handle -1- outwards -Arrow a- and remove
the lock cylinder with the lever. - 3409- .
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Pull the handle -1- in the direction of the -arrow- and secure.
Note
♦ Check the correct position of the washer ⇒ Item 5 (page 91) .

♦ Before installing the lock cylinder, make sure that the locking
bar is in the disengaged position that it was in when removing.
If there is a problem when inserting the lock cylinder, apply
more pressure to the clamping screw -3- in order to move the
clamping bar tot he unlocking position as described in the re‐
moval procedure.
♦ If the locking cylinder cannot be installed, the cover of the cyl‐
inder must be removed using the lever - 3409- . Insert the
ignition key in lock cylinder, turn a little and then insert the lock
cylinder into the handle mount.
– Insert the lock cylinder -2- into the handle mount.

– Using the "1/4" extension" - T20203A- -5- and the Torx T20
screwdriver, completely tighten the clamping screw -3-. In this
way, the locking cylinder is retained by the locking bar.
– Tighten fixation screw -4- ⇒ page 108 .
– Reattach the locking cylinder (if it has been removed).
– Then check the correct function of the locking and opening
positions of the door lock.
Caution

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.3.1 Exploded view - door handle and door lock (part I)”,
page 91
3.16 Removing and installing the cover for

the lock of the outside handle (front
door)
♦ Hooks - T40207-

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
The lock cover of the outside handle (front door) is installed only
on the passenger side.
Removing
– Release the anti-jam protection -1- and guide the hook -
T40207- in the position shown through the aperture in the door
-Arrow-.
– Insert the hook - T40207- until it makes contact with the axis
-1- of the locking bar -5-.
– Pivot the hooks - T40207- in the direction of -arrow B- until it
engages in the inner tab of the axis -1- of the locking bar -5-.
Pull the hooks - T40207- to the rear to be able to axis -1- out
until the stop.
– Carefully pull the handle -2- outwards -arrow A- and hold tight.
– Using the lever - 3409- , remove the lock cover -3- from the
handle mount -2-.
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
• Before installing the handle trim, make sure that the locking
If you have problems with inserting the handle trim, remove
the axis of the locking bar again using the hooks - T40207- as
described in the removal procedure.
• If the rear base -1- is damaged or brittle, replace it.
• Make sure that the rear base -1- is installed correctly.
– Pull the handle -1- in the -direction of the arrow- and secure.
– Insert the lock cover -2- into the handle mount.
– Release lever -1-.
– Detach the anti-jam protection -2-

– Insert a driver in aperture of protective cover and apply pres‐
sure to shaft on locking bracket -1- until it abuts firmly against
its limit stop.
Caution
Do not close the door; it may possibly not open.

– Use isopropanol or heptanol to clean the door area to which

you must fit the polyurethane protection -2-.
– Then use silicon cleaning agent on the affected area. Allow to
dry well.
– Fit the polyurethane protection -2- to the door.
3.17 Removing and installing the cable for

the outside handle (front door)
Cable for the outside handle (front door): Removing
⇒ page 111
Cable for the outside handle (front door): Fitting ⇒ page 112

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Caution
Caution
The following does not have to be removed to remove the cable

for the outside handle (front door):
♦ Door lock
Cable for the outside handle (front door): Removing

Door lock side
Note
Take particular care not to damage the retaining clip of the cover.
– If fitted, remove the cover -1- by clipping it out in the direction

of -arrow a- and then move in the direction of -arrow b-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Turn the cable on lever -3- 90° in direction of -arrow a- and

take it out of cable support bracket -2-.
– Turn the cable in lever -1- in the direction of -arrow b-.
• The cable must form a line with the recess in the lever.
– Detach the cable from the lever -1-.
Side with the mount of the outside handle
– Have a second fitter move and hold the outside door handle
in the “open” position.
– Release securing tabs -3-.

– Remove the housing -4- together with the actuating cable from
its support -Arrow b-.
– Move exterior door handle to “closed” position.
– Loosen the cable -2- in the control lever -1- in the direction of
-arrow A- as shown in the picture.
Cable for the outside handle (front door): Fitting
Caution


the inside handle (front door)
Caution
Removing
– Driver side: Remove lock cylinder ⇒ page 106 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Inside handle side

– Remove cable -4- on the -interior of the- handle ⇒ General
bodywork - interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Front door trim; installation
and removal of the front door trim .
Door lock side
– Remove the cable -4- of the -door lock side- ⇒ page 100 .
fitting
Caution
Specified torques

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
4 Central locking system
4.1 Overview of fitting locations - central

locking system
4.1.1 Overview of fitting locations - central locking system (part I)
1 - Sliding sunroof adjustment

control unit - J245-
❑ The sliding sunroof con‐
trol unit - J245- is inte‐
grated in the sliding sun‐
roof motor - V1-
installing sliding sunroof
adjustment control unit
J245 ”, page 200
2 - Tank filler flap locking motor
- V155-
tank flap unit”, page 71
3 - Coupling station
❑ 2 off
❑ Installation location: up‐
per part of tailgate
4 - Rear lid handle release but‐
ton - E234-
stalling actuator”,
page 64
5 - Lock unit for tailgate - F256-
❑ The lock unit on the
boot/tailgate - F256- in
built into the unlocking
motor for boot/tailgate -
V139-
❑ ⇒ “2.4 Tailgate lock; re‐
moving and fitting”,
page 64
❑ Only for the five-door
model
❑ Installation location: B-pillar, left side
7 - Switch module, window regulators for front door (driver's side)
❑ The window winder control unit, driver side includes the following electrical components:
♦ Central switch for window regulators in driver door - E189-
♦ Button for window regulator, front driver's side - E710-
♦ Rear driver side window regulator button - E711-
♦ Button for window regulator, rear passenger side - E713-
♦ Button for window regulator, rear driver side - E716-

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Button illumination bulb - L76-

❑ Installation and removal ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 96 ; Control units; installing and removing the
window control switch unit in the driver's side door E512
❑ Installation location: A-pillar, left side
9 - Control unit for the onboard network - J519-
❑ The on board network control unit - J519- is found on the driver's side, behind the relay carrier.
❑ The Data bus diagnosis interface - J533- is incorporated in the On board control unit - J519- .
❑ Installation and removal ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 97 ; Control units; installing and removing onboard
network control J519
10 - Alarm horn - H12-
❑ Fitting location: in plenum chamber
❑ Installation and removal ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 90 ; Horn; high tone horn H2 / low tone horn H7:
install and remove .
❑ Installation location: A-pillar, passenger side
❑ Only for the five-door model
❑ Installation location: B-pillar, passenger side
4. Central locking system 115

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
4.1.2 Overview of fitting locations - central locking system (part II)
1 - Control unit on front door

(passenger side)
❑ Door control unit, pas‐
senger side - J387-
2 - Motor on window regulator,
front door (passenger side)
❑ Motor for window regu‐
lator, passenger side -
V148-
⇒ page 93
3 - Door lock on front door
(passenger door)
❑ The door lock assembly
includes the following
electrical components:
♦ Passenger door contact
switch - F3-
♦ Central locking lock unit,
passenger side - F221-
♦ Central locking unit motor,
passenger door - V57-
♦ Central locking unit motor
(Safe), passenger door -
V162-
⇒ page 100
4 - Motor on window regulator,
back door (passenger side)
❑ Motor for window regulator, rear passenger side - V472-
5 - Door lock on back door (passenger door)
❑ The door lock assembly includes the following electrical components:
♦ Rear door contact switch, passenger side - F506-
♦ Locking unit for central locking at back (passenger side) - F436-
♦ Motor for SAFE function of the rear central locking (passenger side) - V538-
♦ Motor for central locking at back (passenger side) - V540-
6 - Door lock on back door (passenger side)
♦ Rear door contact switch, driver side - F505-
♦ Locking unit for central locking at back (driver side) - F435-
♦ Motor for SAFE function of the rear central locking (driver side) - V537-

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Motor for central locking at back (driver side) - V539-

7 - Motor on window regulator, rear door (driver's side)
❑ Motor for window regulator, rear driver side - V471-
8 - Door lock unit on front door (driver's side)
♦ Driver door contact switch - F2-
♦ Central locking lock unit, driver side - F220-
♦ Central locking unit motor, driver door - V56-
♦ Central locking unit motor (Safe), driver door - V161-
❑ ⇒ “3.10 Removing and installing door lock”, page 100
♦ Contact switch in lock cylinder on driver's side - F241-
9 - Motor on window regulator, front door (driver's side)
❑ Window regulator motor driver side - V147-
10 - Control unit on front door (driver's side)
❑ Driver door control unit - J386-
❑ ⇒ “4.2 Removing and installing driver door control unit J386 and front passenger door control unit J387
”, page 118
11 - Contact switch for bonnet - F266-
❑ Installation location: on the lock carrier plate
– Remove the lock from the front bonnet ⇒ page 45 .
12 - Switch module
❑ The switch module on the central console includes the following components, depending on the versions:
♦ Door locking
♦ Door unlocking
♦ Hazard warning lights switch
♦ ESP disconnection button
♦ SET button (to indicate tyre incidents)
♦ Heated rear window button - E230-
♦ Heated driver seat regulator - E94-
♦ “AIRBAG OFF” warning lamp
♦ Passenger heated seat regulator - E95-
♦ AUX key
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 96 ; Controls; Removal and installation of buttons
in the switch panel

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
4.2 Removing and installing driver door con‐

trol unit - J386- and front passenger door
Removing
– Unplug electrical connectors -2 and 3-; to do so, pull locking
element and press release mechanism downwards.
– Disconnect connector -4-.
– Unplug electrical connector -1- at door control unit and move
clear.
– Press retaining catch -5- in direction of -arrow- and disengage
door control unit from door shell.
fitting
– Installation is done in reverse order of removal operations.
4.3 Removing and installing ignition key bat‐

tery
Removing
– Fold out the key -arrow A-.
– With the lever - U30800- , remove the cover in the direction of
the -arrow b-.
– On the intended tabs of the key body, remove the battery from
its mount using a small flat-headed screwdriver.
Installing
Note
♦ Ensure correct polarity and mounting position when installing

battery.
♦ The poles and the battery specification are embossed on the
inside of the key cover.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Insert the battery in the direction of the -arrow- into its mount
making sure that the positive pole is visible (pointing upwards).
– Press down on the battery in order to engage tight in the
mount.
– Fit the key cover and press on until you can hear a character‐
istic “clicking” sound.
Caution

4.4 Key programming
Note
♦ A new key (or several keys) is programmed using the vehicle

diagnosis tester .
♦ This process also includes programming the remote control.
– Select:
♦ Bodywork
♦ Electrical system (Rep. Gr. 01; 27; 90…97)
♦ 01 - Self-diagnosis-compatible systems
♦ 09 - Onboard supply control unit - J519
♦ 09 - Onboard supply control unit, functions
♦ 09 - Check vehicle key with the remote control

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
58 – Rear doors, door components

1 Rear doors, door components: Main component
1 - Back door seal

❑ ⇒ “2.2 Seals on back
door - Assembly over‐
view”, page 122
2 - Rear door lock
lock (part II)”,
page 138
3 - Outside handle (back door)
lock (part I)”, page 137
4 - Rear door
stalling door”,
page 122
5 - Gasket for noise damping
❑ It is attached to the door
with 14 retaining clips
6 - Hinge
door”, page 121
120 Rep. gr.58 - Rear doors, door components

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2 Door
2.1 Exploded view - door
1 - Rear door
stalling door”,
page 122
2 - Upper hinge
stalling door hinges”,
page 126
3 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ Always replace.
❑ 32± 5 Nm
4 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ Always replace.
❑ 32± 5 Nm
5 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ Always replace.
❑ 32± 5 Nm
6 - Seal
7 - Stud
❑ Always replace.
❑ 10± 1.5 Nm
8 - Sealing plug
❑ To cover the stud head
9 - Lower hinge
stalling door hinges”,
page 126
10 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 8± 1 Nm
11 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 30± 5 Nm
❑ For fixing the strut of the door retainer on the B-pillar.
12 - Back door holder
❑ ⇒ “2.6 Removing and installing door arrester”, page 127
2. Door 121
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.2 Seals on back door - Assembly overview
1 - Rear door
stalling door”,
page 122
2 - Back door seal
stalling door seal”, page
128
3 - Top diameter of the body
flange
❑ Is used as reference
point when installing the
seal
4 - Imaginary line of the refer‐
ence
❑ Angle bisector, that form
the sides of the upper
radius
5 - Colour marking
❑ Marked on the inner
section of the seal
2.3 Removing and installing door


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note

Removing
– Disconnect the multi-plug in the B-column ⇒ Electrical Sys‐
tem; Rep. gr. 97 ; Plug; disconnect left door disconnection
plug .
– Unscrew bolt -2- on door retainer.
– Detach the caps -1- and -3- from studs -4-.
– Release the fixing pin -4- of the hinge axis at the top, do not
screw out.
– Release the fixing pin -4- of the hinge axis at the bottom, do
not screw out.
– Lift the door upwards and remove from hinge shafts carefully.
Note

fitting
Note
♦ Threaded pins -4- must always be replaced.

♦ After fitting the door, do not make any adjustments.
– Place the door on the hinge shafts carefully.

– Tighten the threaded pins -4-.
– Use the tightening torque of the screws. See
2.4 Adjusting door

2. Door 123
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
There are three methods for setting the gap in the door:
♦ ⇒ “2.4.1 Back door adjustment (hinges on pillar)”, page 124
♦ ⇒ “2.4.2 Back door adjustment (hinges on door)”, page 125
♦ ⇒ “2.4.3 Adjusting the striker plate (back door)”, page 126
2.4.1 Back door adjustment (hinges on pillar)
Note
The door can be adjusted back and forth as well as the height by
loosening the bolts for the hinges on the B-pillar.
– Remove upper B-pillar cover ⇒ General body repairs, interior;

Rep. gr. 70 ; Interior covers; B-pillar cover: remove and install .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Undo the screws -1- and -2- of the upper -3- and lower -4-
hinges, but do not screw out, and adjust the door.
2.4.2 Back door adjustment (hinges on door)
Note
The door can be adjusted back and forth as well as the height by
loosening the bolts for the hinges on door.
– Open the door.
– Loosen bolts -arrows- on hinges, but do not screw out, and

adjust door.
2. Door 125
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.4.3 Adjusting the striker plate (back door)
Note
Adjust the striker plate to fit the rear door flush against the rear
side panel.

– Adjust catch -1- until the door is flush with surrounding body
Note
♦ The striker plate is only to be used for adjustment towards the

centre of the vehicle.
♦ The door height must not be adjusted by way of the striker
plate, as the door lock would be damaged in the process.
– When correctly adjusted, the lock catch should be centred on

the door lock.
– Loosely tighten securing bolts -arrows-.
2.5 Removing and installing door hinges


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
Note

– Adjusting rear door ⇒ page 122 .

– Remove upper B-pillar cover ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
– Undo bolts -1- and -3- and remove upper -2- hinge and lower
-4- hinge from B-pillar.
fitting
Note
The mounting bolts for hinges must always be replaced with new
bolts every time they are loosened.
– Adjust the door ⇒ page 123 .

Note
♦ The markings on the pin that cannot be removed, remove with

isopropanol or heptanol.
♦ After installing or alignment, carry out corrosion protection
measures on hinges and screws/bolts.
2.6 Removing and installing door arrester

Removing
Note
Protect B-pillar in vicinity of door holder with masking tape to avoid

damaging paintwork.

system; Back left bass speaker - R15- .
2. Door 127
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Unscrew bolt -arrow- on door retainer.
– Remove the grommets -2-.

– Remove the screws-arrows- and the door holder -1- through
the loudspeaker opening.
fitting
2.7 Removing and installing door seal


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Back door seal: Removing
Note

– Open the rear door.

– Remove the necessary column covers ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; internal trim .
Remove door sill⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ;
Interior trim; Removing and installing door sill .
– Remove handle⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ;
Interior; installing and removing roof grip .
WARNING
Take care not to damage the roof lining in the application area
where the seal joins the roof.
– Detach the door seal from the body flange.

fitting
Note

♦ If the gaskets are pulled out partially, it is necessary to press
the sides of the seal together before installing.

2. Door 129
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
• The vulcanised connection -arrow- must have a distance

-A= 50 mm- from the fixing opening of the door holder.
– Start the installation on the upper diameter -3- of the body

flange and then continue with the remaining sections.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

T20098- .
– Install the necessary column covers ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; internal trim .
– Install door sill⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ;
Interior trim; Removing and installing door sill .
– Install handle⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ;
Interior; installing and removing roof grip .
2.8 Removing and installing the cover for

the lock of the outside handle (back
door)
♦ Hooks - T40207-
Removing
– Release the anti-jam protection -1- and guide the hook -
T40207- in the position shown through the aperture in the door
-Arrow-.
2. Door 131
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Insert the hook - T40207- until it makes contact with the axis
-3- of the locking bar -2-.
– Pivot the hooks - T40207- in the direction of -arrow B- until it
engages in the inner tab of the axis -3- of the locking bar -2-.
Pull the hooks - T40207- to the rear to be able to axis out until
the stop.
– Carefully pull the handle -5- outwards -arrow A- and hold tight.
– Using the lever - 3409- , remove the lock cover -4- from the
handle mount -1-.
fitting
• Before installing the handle trim, make sure that the locking
If you have problems with inserting the handle trim, remove
the axis of the locking bar again using the hooks - 3438- as
described in the removal procedure.
• If the rear base -1- is damaged or brittle, replace it.
• Make sure that the rear base -1- is installed correctly.
– Pull the handle -1- in the -direction of the arrow- and secure.
– Insert the lock cover -2- into the handle mount.
– Release lever -1-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Detach the anti-jam protection -2-

– Insert a tappet in the opening of the cap and press on the shaft
of the locking stirrup -1- as far as possible.
Caution
Do not close the door; it may possibly not open.

– Use isopropanol or heptanol to clean the door area to which

you must fit the polyurethane protection -2-.
dry well.
– Fit the polyurethane protection -2- to the door.

the outside handle (back door)
Remove the cable for the outside handle (back door)
⇒ page 133
Install the cable for the outside handle (back door) ⇒ page 134
Caution
The following does not have to be removed to remove the cable
for the outside handle (front door):
Removing
– Unscrew the fixing screws -1- of the window frame -2- and fix
the frame using masking tape -arrow- so that work is not im‐
paired.
Door lock side
– Remove the cable of the outside handle on the
-door lock side- ⇒ page 147
Side with the mount of the outside handle
– Have a second fitter move and hold the outside door handle
in the “open” position.
2. Door 133
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Release securing tabs -3-.

– Remove the housing -4- together with the actuating cable from
its support -Arrow b-.
– Move exterior door handle to “closed” position.
– Loosen the cable -2- in the control lever -1- in the direction of
-arrow A- as shown in the picture.
Cable for the outside handle (rear door): install
Caution


the inside handle (back door)
Caution
Removing
Inside handle side
– Remove cable -on the interior- of the handle⇒ General body‐
work - interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Front door trim; installation and
removal of the front door trim .
Door lock side
Remove the cable of the -door lock side- ⇒ page 147
fitting
Note

♦ After completing the installation work, check for trouble-free
function as Bowden cables set or hung in incorrectly may pre‐
vent the door from opening.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3 Door components
3.1 Exploded view - door components
1 - Rear door B-pillar outer trim

installing trim panel for
B-pillar (rear door)”,
page 504
2 - Spreader block
❑ 3 off
3 - Bolt.
❑ 3 off
4 - Interior window well joint
⇒ page 151
5 - Rear door C-pillar inner trim
❑ With two fixing clips and
damping foam
⇒ page 435
6 - Bolt.
❑ For attaching the trim
❑ 2.5 Nm
7 - Insulating foam
8 - Rear door C-pillar outer trim
⇒ page 435
9 - Outer window slot seal
❑ ⇒ “3.13 Window shaft
seal on outside of rear
door: removing and in‐
stalling”, page 150
10 - Seal
❑ Glued to the door
11 - Window guide (rear door)
❑ Removing and fitting ⇒ “3.12 Removing and installing window guide”, page 148

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.2 Exploded view - window regulator
1 - Window guide bracket

2 - Rear door glass
stalling rear door win‐
dow”, page 435
3 - Nut
❑ 2 off
❑ 6 Nm
❑ With controller mounted
in the motor
stalling window regula‐
tor motor”, page 139
5 - Bolt.
❑ 3 off
❑ 3.5± 0.5 Nm
6 - Manual actuating mecha‐
nism
❑ Only for mechanical
window riser
installing the manual
drive”, page 153
tor”, page 139
8 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 3.5 Nm
9 - Window mounts
❑ 2 off
Comprising:
♦ Expanding grommet
♦ Expanding bolts
10 - Sealing plug
❑ 4 off

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.3 Exploded view - door handle and door

lock
3.3.1 Exploded view - door handle and door lock (part I)
1 - Cable for the outside handle

(back door)
❑ Bowden cable
stalling the cable for the
outside handle (back
door)”, page 133
❑ See ⇒ Electronic parts
catalogue .
❑ 1x
3 - Backing plate (rear)
❑ For the seat of the out‐
side handle lock cover
4 - Cover for the lock of the
outside handle (back door)
❑ Fixed via the locking bar
on the mount of the out‐
side handle
stalling the cover for the
lock of the outside han‐
dle (back door)”,
page 131
5 - Outside handle (back door)
stalling door handle”,
page 143
6 - Backing plate (front)
❑ For the seat of the out‐
side handle
7 - Bolt.
❑ 1x
❑ 1.7 Nm
8 - Mount for the outside handle (back door)
❑ ⇒ “3.10 Removing and installing mounting bracket”, page 146

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.3.2 Exploded view - door handle and door lock (part II)
1 - Rear door
2 - Sealing plug
❑ 4 off
3 - Door lock connector
er”, page 143
5 - Cable for the inside handle
(back door)
❑ Bowden cable
Catalog
the inside handle (back
door)”, page 134
6 - Lock (back door)
installing door lock”,
page 146
Catalog
7 - Striker plate
❑ With plastic base
❑ ⇒ “3.8 Slip plate - re‐
moving and installing”,
page 143
❑ ⇒ “2.4.3 Adjusting the
striker plate (back
door)”, page 126
8 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 24 Nm
9 - Cover
❑ Removing and fitting ⇒ “3.11 Removing and installing door lock”, page 146
10 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ With washer
❑ 19 Nm
11 - Sealing plug
❑ 1x
12 - Sealing plug
❑ 1x

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

tor motor

Removing
– Remove interior trim of back door: ⇒ Bodywork, interior in‐
installation; back door trim: removing and installation.
– Clip out and remove the plug connector from the shaft -4-.
fitting
– Insert the window lifter motor -1- into the supports -3-. Move
door window up and down slightly so that the splines between
motor and cable drum engage more easily.

tor

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
Note

– Move door window to “open” position.

– Remove the trim -1- using the lever - 3409- .
Note
The bolts -2- of the left door are unscrewed to the right and with
the right door, to the left.

– Remove the trim-3-.
– Using the lever - 3409- remove the bushing -2-.

– Insert the plug connector of the window lifter switch.
– Move the door window until you can access the bolts and
spreader grommets -1- of the window clamps.
– Switch off the ignition and clip out and remove the connector
of the window riser switch.
– Screw in a screw with 5 mm (about 70 mm long) into the ex‐
panding bolt -2- by maximum two rotations.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Using a suitable tool, pull out the screw in the direction of the
-arrows- and remove the expanding bolt -2- from the expand‐
ing grommet -3-.
– Screw in a screw with 8 mm (about 80 mm long) into the ex‐
panding bolt -3- by maximum two rotations.
– Using a suitable tool, pull out the screw in the direction of the
-arrows- and remove the expanding grommet -3- from the win‐
dow lifter guide -1- and the door window.
– Removing window regulator motor ⇒ page 139 .

– Loosen hexagon nuts -1-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Release locking hook of cable drum -arrows a- and insert in‐

side the door.
– Turn the window lifter motor -2- slightly in direction of
-arrow a-.
– Guide the window lifter motor to the door shaft -arrow b- and
remove -arrow c-.
fitting
3.6 Removing and installing window winder

Removing
– Press the locking ring -1- forwards in the direction of travel
-arrow- and remove the window winder.
fitting
– The installation is carried out in reverse order of removal for

the removal procedures described.
Note
The assembly position with windows closed is: a = 45° ± 12°.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.7 Removing and installing inner door cov‐

er
Wedge - 3409-
Removing
– Expose the electric wiring harness -1-from the retaining tabs

of the inner protection cover -4-.
– With the wedge - 3409- detach the inner protection cover -4-.
– Disengage the sleeve -2- of the inner protection cover -4-.
fitting
– You should hear the inside protection cover click into place.
• You inside protection must be installed flush.

Removing
fitting
– Fit striker pin -2- and lightly tighten screws -1-.
3.9 Removing and installing door handle


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Hooks - 3438-
Removing
– Remove the lock cover of the handle ⇒ page 131 .
– Carefully pull handle -2- in direction -arrow a- and remove from
mount -1-.
– Remove rear side of handle in direction -arrow b-.
– Remove door handle from mounting unit -1- at right angle
-arrow c-.
fitting
• If the rear -1- and the front bases -2- are damaged or brittle,
replace them.
• Make sure that the rear base and the front base are installed
correctly.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Insert an Allen key -2- through the opening in the cover and
place it so that the articulated lever can be pulled -1- in the
direction of the -arrow-.
– Pull Allen key until the articulated lever can go no further -1-.
– Without releasing the Allen key, insert the hook - 3438-

through the opening in the lever cover and hold the mecha‐
nism -1- at the groove and pull.
Note
Place the hook - 3438- so that it is not in the way when inserting
the lever.
– Remove the Allen key and keep holding the mechanism -1-
with the hook - 3438- .
– Place the lever -1- at right angles -arrow a- on the housing

assembly-2-.
– Pivot the lever -1- towards the inside of the door-arrow b-.
– Move the lever forwards -arrow c- to fit it in the housing as‐
sembly.
– Remove the lock cover of the outside handle ⇒ page 131 .
Caution
Before closing the door, the function of the manipulated com‐

ponents when the door is open must be checked.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.10 Removing and installing mounting

bracket
Caution
outside handle:
♦ Door lock
Removing
– Remove the outside handle ⇒ page 143
– Remove the rear base -2-.
– Carefully press the mount of the outside handle -1- in the
-direction of the arrow- and remove from the door inside.
– Remove hook cable from the
-mounting on the outer door handle- ⇒ page 133 .
fitting
3.11 Removing and installing door lock
Caution
The following does not have to be removed to remove the lock

from the back door:
Removing
– Unscrew the fixing screws -1- of the window frame -2- and fix
the frame using masking tape -arrow- so that work is not im‐
paired.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Pull off the plug connector of the wiring harness -4-.

Remove the cable -3- of the inside handle on the
-door lock side- To do so, proceed as follows:
– Carefully move the lock -2- in order to obtain access to the
fixing points of the cable -3-.
– Turn the cable on lever -1- 90° in direction of -arrow b- and

take it out of cable support bracket of the control cable -4-.
– Unfasten sleeve -3-, arrow -a- of release lever -2- on door lock.
Remove the cable of the outside handle on the -door lock side-.
To do so, proceed as follows:
Note
Take particular care not to damage the retaining clip of the cover.
– If fitted, remove the cover -1- by clipping it out in the direction

of -arrow a- and then move in the direction of -arrow b-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Turn the cable on lever -3- 90° in direction of -arrow a- and

take it out of cable support bracket -2-.
– Turn the cable in lever -1- in the direction of -arrow b-.
• The cable must form a line with the recess in the lever.
– Detach the cable from the lever -3-.
– Remove the lock -2-.
fitting
Note

♦ After completing the installation work, check for trouble-free
function as Bowden cables set or hung in incorrectly may pre‐
vent the door from opening.
3.12 Removing and installing window guide

Note

self.
♦ Do not bend window channel when removing!
Removing
– Remove the rear door glass ⇒ page 435 .
– Remove the rear door B-pillar outer trim
⇒ Item 1 (page 135) .
– Remove the rear door C-pillar outer trim ⇒ page 435 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– In the front lower area of the door -2- unclip the door seal -1-
in the zone between -arrow a- and -arrow b-.
– Release from inside the lip -3- of the door flange -2-.
– Unfasten it starting at the back area and uniformly pull away
the entire perimeter -Arrows a- of window guide -1-.
– Remove the window shaft seal from the mount -arrow B-.
fitting
Note
The inner part of the window guide is metal. If it is bent or distorted,

it cannot be straightened out any more and remains “wavy”.
Therefore, the window guide must be inserted evenly without be‐
ing bent.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Installing window guide in its supports -Arrows a-.

– Clip the window guide -1- evenly on the entire frame in the
door flange.
– Insert the sealing lip -3- of the guide on the door flange -2- .
– Use isopropyl alcohol or heptanol to clean the area of the door
on which you need to apply the cemented area of the window
guide.
dry well.
– Using the hot air blower - SAT 1416- , heat the application area
on the bodywork to approx. 35℃. Check the temperature us‐
ing the digital thermometer - SAT 4013- .
– Apply the cemented section of the window guide with a force
of approx. 5 kg; apply pressure with the pressure tool -
T20098- .
Caution

Note
Take care of a uniform seating all around the window guide to

prevent wind noise.
3.13 Window shaft seal on outside of rear

door: removing and installing
♦ Wedge - T10039/1-

Removing
Caution

window shaft seal on the outside:
♦ The door trim

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note

self.

• Unfastening the outside window frame gasket -1-; start at the
end indicated by -arrow a-.
fitting
Note

• Fitting outside window frame gasket -1-; start at the end indi‐
cated by -arrow a-.
3.14 Window shaft seal on inside of rear door:

removing and installing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Wedge - T10039/1-

Note

self.
Removing
• Unfastening the interior window frame gasket -1-; start at the
end indicated by -arrow A-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
• Fitting the internal window frame gasket -1-; start at the end
indicated by -arrow a-.
3.15 Removing and installing the manual

drive
Removing
– Remove window elevator crank ⇒ page 142 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

– Remove the manual actuating mechanism -2- from its bracket
-3-.
fitting
– Insert the manual actuating mechanism -2- into its bracket
-3-. Move door window up and down slightly so that the splines
of the manual actuation mechanism and cable drum engage
more easily.
Further installation is carried out in reverse order from removal,
remembering the following:
3.16 Rear door window frames: removal and

installation
Removing
– Detach the window guide -arrow- from the window frame -2-.
– Unscrew bolt -1- and remove the window frame -2-.
fitting
Caution


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
60 – Sunroof
1 Sun roof
1.1 Assembly overview - sliding sunroof
1 - Glass panel for panorama

tilting sunroof (single pane
safety glass)
❑ ⇒ “1.4 Assembly over‐
view - wind deflector”,
page 159
❑ ⇒ “1.7.1 Removing
glass panel (with func‐
tional control motor)”,
page 182
glass panel (with defec‐
tive control motor)”,
page 183
❑ ⇒ “1.7.3 Installing glass
panel”, page 184
❑ ⇒ “1.8 Adjusting sunroof
panel”, page 185
2 - Bolt.
❑ 5.5 Nm
3 - Seal of sliding sunroof
frame
installing panoramic
sliding sunroof seals”,
page 201
4 - Sliding sunroof roller blind
installing sunroof roller
blind”, page 203
5 - Sunroof frame
stalling sliding sunroof
frame”, page 160
6 - Bolt.
❑ 3 off
❑ 4 Nm
7 - Bolt.
❑ 3 off
❑ 4 Nm
8 - Sliding sunroof adjustment control unit - J245-
❑ ⇒ “1.11 Removing and installing sliding sunroof adjustment control unit J245 ”, page 200
❑ ⇒ “1.14 Adapting sliding sunroof adjustment control unit J245 ”, page 206
❑ ⇒ “1.15 Programming sliding sunroof adjustment control unit J245 ”, page 208
9 - Bolt.
❑ 5 off
1. Sun roof 155

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
❑ 2.5 Nm
10 - Cover
Removing
– Removing the panoramic window. Proceed as follows:
♦ Actuating motor for the functions ⇒ page 182 .
♦ The actuating motor for these functions is defective ⇒ page 183
– Remove bolts ⇒ Item 11 (page 158) .
– Remove the cover by pulling it in the direction of travel.

fitting

Use the tightening torque of the screws. See ⇒ Item 11 (page 158)
11 - Bolt.
12 - Running guide
❑ ⇒ “1.2 Assembly overview - Cranks and tilt mechanism”, page 157
13 - Wind deflector
❑ ⇒ “1.6 Removing and installing wind deflector”, page 179
14 - Bolt.
❑ 1.5 Nm
156 Rep. gr.60 - Sunroof

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.2 Assembly overview - Cranks and tilt mechanism
1 - Sliding/tilting sunroof frame

stalling sliding sunroof
frame”, page 160
2 - Frame with operating mech‐
anism
❑ ⇒ “1.9 Running guide,
removing and instal‐
ling”, page 187
3 - Bolt.
❑ 10 off
4 - Bolt.
❑ 5 off
5 - Bolt.
❑ 4 off
1. Sun roof 157

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.3 Assembly overview - sliding sunroof sun blind
1 - Tension bow
2 - Sliding piece (bottom part)
3 - Sliding piece (top part)
❑ This element has a
spring on its right side
4 - Spring
❑ 1x
❑ Only for the right side
5 - Spring cover
6 - Guide piece
❑ Fitted for the sliding
piece.
7 - Roller blind
8 - Bracket of the roller blind
axle.
9 - Stop
10 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2 Nm
11 - Bolt.
❑ 5 off
❑ 2.5 Nm
12 - Cover of the sunshade
roller blind
Removing
– Removing the panoram‐
ic window. Proceed as
follows:
♦ Actuating motor for the
functions ⇒ page 182 .
♦ The actuating motor for these functions is defective ⇒ page 183
– Remove the cover by pulling it in the direction of travel.
fitting
Use the tightening torque of the screws. See ⇒ Item 11 (page 158)
13 - Roller blind axle
14 - Bolt.
❑ 3 off
❑ 4 Nm
15 - Operating engine with control unit
❑ Sliding sunroof adjustment control unit - J245-
❑ ⇒ “1.11 Removing and installing sliding sunroof adjustment control unit J245 ”, page 200
❑ ⇒ “1.14 Adapting sliding sunroof adjustment control unit J245 ”, page 206

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
❑ ⇒ “1.15 Programming sliding sunroof adjustment control unit J245 ”, page 208
16 - Retaining bracket
17 - Frame with operating mechanism
❑ ⇒ “1.2 Assembly overview - Cranks and tilt mechanism”, page 157
18 - Roller blind grip
19 - Rod
20 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 1 Nm
1.4 Assembly overview - wind deflector
1 - panoramic window
glass panel (with func‐
tional control motor)”,
page 182
glass panel (with defec‐
tive control motor)”,
page 183
❑ ⇒ “1.7.3 Installing glass
panel”, page 184
❑ ⇒ “1.8 Adjusting sunroof
panel”, page 185
2 - Bolt.
❑ 5.5 Nm
3 - Seal of the panoramic win‐
dow
❑ ⇒ “1.12.2 Remove and
install the panoramic
window seal”,
page 202
4 - Bolt.
❑ 1.5 Nm
5 - Support plate
6 - Spring
7 - Wind deflector
stalling wind deflector”,
page 179
8 - Bolt.
❑ 5.5 Nm
1. Sun roof 159

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.5 Removing and installing sliding sunroof frame
Special tools and workshop

equipment required
♦ Electric cutter - SAT
1561A-
♦ Knife 207 - SAT 1561/12-
♦ Pull handle - VAG 1351/1-
(x2)
♦ Dual component window
sealant - VAS 5237-
Materials
♦ Dual-component glue - D 004 660 M2- 1) 2)

♦ Cleaning solvent - D 009 401 04-
♦ Applicator - D 009 500 25-
♦ Glue solvent - D 002 000 A2-
♦ Primer (Glass/Paint) - D 009 200 02-
♦ Cutting thread - 357 853 999 B-
1) To apply this material use the window sealant pistol - VAS 5237- .
2) Note drying times.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.5.1 Removing
Caution
The method for removing the sliding/tilting sunroof frame is

similar if an undamaged or new frame is used.
– Remove panoramic window ⇒ page 182 .

– Remove the trim panel of the sliding/tilting sunroof
⇒ page 191 .
– Unplug electrical connectors for sliding/tilting sunroof.
– Removing roof trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
70 ; Roof trim; Removing and installing headliner .
– Remove curtain airbag with initiator Driver side curtain airbag
initiator - N251- / Passenger side curtain airbag initiator -
N252- ⇒ Bodywork - Interior; Rep. gr. 69 ; Curtain airbags;
Installing and removing curtain airbag with initiator .
Caution
Risk of damage of the plug connector or cutting the electrical

cable.
– With help from the masking tape on the windscreen attach the
sun panel connector.
Note
♦ The removal of the sliding/tilting sunroof frame remains when

cutting the adhesive sealing material (PUR) -1 - between the
frame -2- and the bodywork.
♦ The -arrows -identify the position of the adhesive sealant ma‐
terial.
WARNING
Risk of paintwork damage
– Protect the lateral and rear area of the exterior mirror housing
near the work area with masking tape.
1. Sun roof 161

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Insert in the rear of the frame the electrical cutter - SAT 1561A-
with blade 207 - SAT 1561/12- between the bodywork and trim
panel. Cut open the bonding bead on both sides up to the front
area of the frame.
– Cut open the front bonding bead on the front of the frame.
– From the vehicle interior cut open the bonding bead: for this
insert the electrical cutter - SAT 1561A- using blade 207 - SAT
1561/12- between the centre recess -arrow -of the bodywork
and the sliding/tilting sunroof frame.
– In both lateral directions cut open according to the -arrows-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– With help from two cable holder knobs - VAG 1351/1- with
cutting thread - 357 853 999 B- insert the thread via the com‐
pleted cuts in the front area, and pull alternating on both knobs
until the adhesive material string is completely removed.
– Remove the frame of the sliding/tilting sunroof.
Caution
♦ Follow the instructions ⇒ page 164 if reusing the undam‐

aged sliding/tilting sunroof frame.
♦ If using a new sliding/tilting sunroof frame, complete in‐
stallation according to the instructions ⇒ page 172 .
1. Sun roof 163

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.5.2 Bodywork flange: preparation for instal‐

ling the sliding/tilting sunroof frame
If a (new or used) frame has to be installed, the adhesive bead
and adhesive sealing material (PUR) must be cut back from the
body flange. For this purpose follow these instructions:
Caution
♦ Cut back the adhesive bead shortly before mounting the

frame. If an adhesive bead is not applied to the frame im‐
mediately after being cut, this must be “activated” with the
glass activator - D 181 802 M1- .
♦ Do not allow activator to make contact with paint, danger
of damage!
♦ Apply zinc spray ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue to the sheet
metal parts where the paint has been damaged.
– Shortly before re-applying the adhesive to the sliding/tilting

sunroof, cut back the adhesive bead stuck to the bodywork
flange to a height of 1 to 2 mm using the electric knife - SAT
1561A- and set of blades - SAT 1561/20- .
Note
♦ The remaining material is required as a base for the new ad‐

hesive sealing material (PUR).
♦ If the bodywork flange has been reworked or partially re‐
placed, after painting, the new zone must be cleaned and
primed correspondingly.
Caution
The bonding surfaces must be free of dust and grease.

Do not apply primer to the previously cut-back adhesive bead
and do not treat with solvent.
1.5.3 Undamaged sliding/tilting sunroof

frame: preparing for installation and re‐
moval
Caution
If an undamaged sliding/tilting sunroof is reused, the adhesive

sealing material strings (PUR) must be cut back.
It must be observed that the top adhesive beads (for connect‐
ing the sliding/tilting sunroof trim panel) and the bottom adhe‐
sive beads (for connecting to the bodywork) must be cut back.
The adhesive material strings are cut back shortly before re‐
inserting the sliding/tilting sunroof frame. If an adhesive bead
is not applied to the frame immediately after being cut, this
must be “activated” with the glass activator - D 181 802 M1- .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Shortly before applying the adhesive to the frame, cut back the
adhesive bead stuck to the frame to a height of 1 to 2 mm.
Note
♦ In areas with tabs, as displayed in the figure, the adhesive

material must be cut back until it is flush with the upper part of
the tabs.
Caution

– Remove the sliding/tilting sunroof frame and install according

to the instructions in ⇒ page 165 .
1.5.4 Install the undamaged trim panel of the

sliding/tilting sunroof
• Undamaged window of the sliding/tilting sunroof is prepared

for installation ⇒ page 164 .
• Bodywork flange is prepared for the installation of sliding/tilting
sunroof frame ⇒ page 164 .
– Install on the sliding/tilting sunroof frame:
1. Sun roof 165

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ frame with drive mechanism ⇒ page 187

♦ panoramic window ⇒ page 184 .
Note
The rear seal of the panoramic window may NOT be installed to

allow the correct alignment of the sliding/tilting sunroof frame in
reference to the bodywork.
– Apply the masking tape -1- in the stated areas of the panor‐
amic window -4- and the roof -3-.
– Mark the masking tape using a felt tip pen -2- in the centre of
the panoramic window -4- and the roof -3-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Features of the adhesive bead and adhesive sealing material

(PUR)
1- Bead of glue
2- Primer
3- Sliding/tilting sunroof frame.
• Distance -a- = 8 mm
• Dimension -b- = 12 mm
• Dimension -c- = the area for the application of the adhesive
sealing material (PUR) is different depending on the sliding/
tilting sunroof frame imprinting. See ⇒ page 167
Note
♦ If the sliding/tilting sunroof trim frame is not damaged, apply

the material on the old adhesive bead previously cut back.
Follow the instructions accordingly ⇒ page 164
♦ With a new frame, apply the material on the primer layer. Fol‐
low instructions below:
General requirements for applying the adhesive bead
Note
In order to ensure for the homogeneous properties of the dual

component mixture, apply a bead -a- with 10 cm to a clean surface
and dispose of the first piece of the product.
• The sleeve -2- must rest flush.

• Hold the gun permanently at right angles to the parts being
treated.
• The -Arrow- indicates the direction of travel.
• The diameter of the adhesive bead -1- will depend on the width
of the hole in the applicator and the speed of application.
1. Sun roof 167

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Apply on the indicated area of the frame using the twin car‐
tridge gun - VAS 5237- an adhesive bead of the dual compo‐
nent adhesive - D 004 660 M2- -arrows-.
• -a-= about 50 mm, adhesive bead overlapping zone.
fitting
WARNING
The glass must be fitted before 10 minutes elapse, as the ad‐

hesive properties of the adhesive sealing material (PUR) are
reduced after that time.
– Attach a rope -2- in the upper area of the window -1- under‐
neath the sealing lip -3-.
Note
♦ Keep the rope in this position until the bonding process for the
sliding/tilting sunroof frame is completed.
♦ The rope is used to reposition the lip in reference to the sliding/
tilting sunroof trim panel.
– At each side of the panorama roof install a suction lifter - VAG

1344- .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– With the assistance of a second mechanic, lay the frame and

glass -1- on the roof flange and insert the centring pin -2- into
the opening in the bodywork -3-. Push evenly against the
frame.
Caution
There is a risk of the adhesive curing too soon!

♦ Complete the following described tasks immediately so
that you are able to fit the complete roof to the bodywork
flange.
♦ Minimum curing period of the adhesive pad, see
⇒ page 178 .
– Check to make sure the felt pen markings are aligned on top
of each other. If necessary, adjust.
– In the rear area of the panoramic window (with the rear seal
removed) insert on each side, a 5 millimetre long brake lever
from the brake lever kit - 3371- , between the window -1- and
the roof flange -2-. Push frame and window into the
-direction of the arrow- to make sure that the distance -a- = 5
mm.
1. Sun roof 169

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
During the task described last, check the front and rear parts of the frame (for example with an 8 mm drill bit)
and make certain that the gap to the roof flange is equal on both sides. If necessary, adjust.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– For this purpose use the suction lifters - VAG 1344- as an aid
and hold everything steady with the support equipment -
T10038- .
1. Sun roof 171

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Check the front of the sliding/tilting sunroof with a setting

gauge in at least three places for height -a= 7.1 mm- between
the top edge of the frame and the bodywork. If necessary, push
with the pressure piece - T20098- in order to achieve the
specified height.
1.5.5 New frame on sliding/tilting sunroof: As‐

sembly

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Caution
The sliding/tilting sunroof frame intended as a spare part has

the following features:
♦ Integrated trim panel of the sliding/tilting sunroof. This fa‐
cilitates centring the frame on the bodywork flange during
the bonding process.
♦ The position of the adhesive bead is indicated by the ref‐
erence line which makes applying the adhesive sealing
material (PUR) easier.
♦ The adhesive area does not have a layer of primer.
• Bodywork flange is prepared for the installation of sliding/tilting

sunroof frame ⇒ page 164 .
– Install on the sliding/tilting sunroof frame:
♦ frame with drive mechanism ⇒ page 187
♦ panoramic window ⇒ page 184 .
Note
The rear seal of the panoramic window may NOT be installed to

allow the correct alignment of the sliding/tilting sunroof frame in
reference to the bodywork.
Note
The following steps must be followed for preparing installation of

the new frame:
1. Sun roof 173

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Using a cleaning solvent - D 009 401 04- clean the surface for
the adhesive bead -arrows-. Then rub edge of window dry us‐
ing a lint-free cloth.
– Apply glass/paint primer - D 009 200 02- on the surface for the
adhesive bead -arrows-.
Note
Apply the primer evenly and in one step using a fully drenched
felt.
• Primer width approx. 20 mm

• Apply primer centrally in relation to adhesive bead.
• Flashing-off time, approx. 10 minutes.

(PUR)
1- Bead of glue
2- Primer
3- Sliding/tilting sunroof frame.
• Dimension -b- = 13.5 ± 1.5 mm
tilting sunroof frame imprinting. See ⇒ page 167

treated.
– Apply on the indicated area of the frame using the twin car‐
tridge gun - VAS 5237- an adhesive bead of the dual compo‐
nent adhesive - D 004 660 M2- -arrows-.
fitting
WARNING

– Set the frame and window -1- on the roof flange and insert the
centring pin -2- in the opening -3-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Exercise even pressure on the frame until the spacer caps are
resting on the bodywork flange.
– Check to make sure the felt pen markings are aligned on top
of each other. If necessary, adjust.
– In the rear area of the panoramic window (with the rear seal
removed) insert on each side, a 5 millimetre long brake lever
from the brake lever kit - 3371- , between the window -1- and
the roof flange -2-. Push the frame and window against the
feeler gauges to maintain the clearance -a-= 5 mm.
1. Sun roof 175

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Push the frame and window down to make sure that the seal
-1- of the trim panel -2- touches the bodywork -arrow-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
The bodywork form allows the frame and window to be positioned in centre.
♦ Minimum curing period, see ⇒ page 178 .
1. Sun roof 177

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Taking the sliding/tilting sunroof trim panel -2- as a reference,

reposition the sealing lip -3- previously mounted in area of
windscreen -1-.
– Install sealing of the panoramic window ⇒ page 202 .
1.5.6 Touching up paint damage

Repair paint work according to specifications in ⇒ repair guide‐
lines for vehicle paint work ; if necessary, perform recommended
corrosion protection measures.
For damage to paintwork in unseen zones, proceed as follows:
– Repaint twice (wet on wet) leaving both coats to air.
1.5.7 Frame on sliding/tilting sunroof: Mini‐

mum curing time
WARNING
For safety reasons, only use non-conductive dual component

adhesive with the designations listed below when installing the
sliding/tilting sunroof frame.
You must NOT drive the vehicle until the minimum drying time
has elapsed, as the vehicle is otherwise not safe to drive.
Adhesive material Minimum dry‐

ing time (in
hours)
Sliding/tilting sunroof 2-component window 3
frame adhesive - DA 004 600
A2-
1.5.8 Removing any soiling that has been

caused by the adhesive material
– Use of glue removal is recommended for cleaning ⇒ Elec‐
tronic parts catalogue . Observe safety precautions when
using.
WARNING
When cleaning from the inside of the vehicle, do not press the
newly-placed glass outwards.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– First clean painted surface as well as possible using a dry

cloth. Remove contamination residues with glue remover ⇒
Electronic parts catalogue .
– Cleaning plastic trims: Allow the sealant to harden (approx. 1
hour) and then remove.
1.6 Removing and installing wind deflector

Removing
Note
To remove the wind deflector -3- it is not necessary to remove the

bracket -1-.
– Completely open the panoramic window.

– Push against the frame of the wind deflector -3- to loosen the
net
– Remove the sealing strip -2- from its seat (unclip it). Start at
the end -arrow-.
– Continue pushing against the frame of the wind deflector

-arrow- and completely remove the sealing strips -1- from its
seat in the sliding/tilting sunroof frame -2-.
1. Sun roof 179

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Move the wind deflector forward and remove the spring

-arrow- from the opening in the sliding/tilting sunroof frame.
Remove the other end of the spring attached to the wind de‐
flector frame (unclip the end).
– Move the wind deflector into a vertical position -arrow a- and

remove it laterally from both sides -arrow b- of the bracket.
fitting
– Insert the spring -2- in the wind deflector frame -1-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Move the wind deflector forward and fit the spring -arrow- from
the opening in the sliding/tilting sunroof frame.
– Push against the frame of the wind deflector -3- to loosen the
net
Caution
When fitting sealing strips do not use metal parts, as they may
damage the net of the wind deflector!
– Using the lever - U30800- apply pressure from both sides and
fit the sealing strip -2- in its seat. Start at the end -arrow-.
– Continue pushing against the frame of the wind deflector

-arrow- and completely fit the sealing strips -1- into the groove
in the sliding/tilting sunroof frame -2-.
1. Sun roof 181

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.7 Removing and installing glass panel
1.7.1 Removing glass panel (with functional

control motor)
Removing
– Open the panoramic window by moving it about 150 mm to the
back.
– From the outside, remove the screws -arrow- on both sides.
Caution
Seal opening between A-pillar and sunroof frame with suitable

material (cloth, paper or similar) to prevent any bolts from fall‐
ing into vehicle.
– From the inside, remove the front screws -arrow- on both sides
(from the vehicle interior).
– From inside loosen on both sides the rear screws -arrow-, but
do not remove them.
– With help from another person, remove the panoramic window
from its frame with actuating mechanism (unclip the window).
Caution
There is a risk of damaging the moving guides of the frame with

actuating mechanism.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Move the moving guides -1- into the position »Close roof«.
1.7.2 Removing glass panel (with defective

control motor)
Partially open panoramic window
Caution
If the operating engine becomes defective while the panoramic

window is partially open (about 150 mm), it is not necessary to
remove the roof trim. Follow the instructions according to sec‐
tion
⇒ “1.7.1 Removing glass panel (with functional control motor)”,
page 182
Closed panoramic window

– Open the roller blind completely.
Note
When the panoramic window is closed, the screws of the rear part
are only accessible from the inside.
– From the inside, remove the screws -arrow- on both sides.

– Loosen on both sides the front screws -4-, but do not screw
them out.
1. Sun roof 183

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– From the inside, remove the front screws -arrow- on both

sides.
do not remove them.
– With help from another person, remove the panoramic window
from its frame with actuating mechanism (unclip the window).
1.7.3 Installing glass panel

– Open the moving guides by moving it about 150 mm to the
back.
– Place the panoramic window on the moveable guides with
help from another person.
– Insert the panoramic window into the openings -arrow- of the

previously loosened screws.
Note
Make sure when attaching the screws to follow the sequence de‐
scribed below:

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– From the outside, lightly tighten the screws -arrow- on both

sides.
– From the inside, lightly tighten the front screws -arrow- on both
sides.
– From the inside, lightly tighten the rear screws -arrow- on both
sides.
– Close panel and check alignment with roof. If necessary, open
and adjust panel ⇒ “1.8 Adjusting sunroof panel”, page 185 .
1.8 Adjusting sunroof panel
Caution
To adjust the panoramic window, the following does not have

to be removed:
♦ moulded headliner.
– Check if the setting dimensions of the panoramic window cor‐

respond to the values listed below:
Setting dimensions for the panoramic window
1. Sun roof 185

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– If the setting dimensions of the panoramic window do not cor‐

respond to the specifications, please proceed as follows:
Adjusting
– Open the first section of the opening path of the window.
– From outside loosen on both sides the screws -arrow-, but do
not remove them.
– Close the window.
– Open the roller blind completely.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– From inside loosen on both sides the front screws -arrow-, but
do not remove them.
do not remove them.
– Move the panoramic window into the “open” position.
– Move the panoramic window into the “close” position.
– Temporarily adjust the screws accessible from the inside.
– Check if the setting dimensions of the panoramic window cor‐
respond to the listed values ⇒ page 185
– If this is not the case, open the first section of the opening path
of the window.
– On both sides loosen the screw -2-, but do not tighten it. Adjust
the height of the window -1- according to the difference deter‐
mined. Orient yourself on the notches -arrow- in the window
and in the guides.
• For an optimum fit, the window must rest on both sides in the
same notches.
– Close the panoramic window and check if your setting dimen‐
sions correspond to the listed values ⇒ page 185 .
– Tighten the screws accessible from the inside with tightening
torque. ⇒ page 159
– Open the first section of the opening path of the window.
– From the outside, tighten the ⇒ page 159 rear screws

-arrow- on both sides using the tightening torque.
Note
♦ You should achieve an optimum appearance.

♦ Check, viewed from the vehicle rear-end, if the top side of the
panoramic window is parallel to the surface of the vehicle roof.
1.9 Running guide, removing and installing

Removing
• Roof trim removed ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
• Removed roller blind cover
1. Sun roof 187

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
♦ A second person is needed to remove the frame with the ac‐

tuating mechanism.
♦ One person must loosen the bolted connections while a sec‐
ond holds the frame with the actuating mechanism and takes
it out of the vehicle.
♦ Before removal, mark the position of the frame with actuating
mechanism in order to maintain the alignment of the frame.
– Using a permanent marker, attach a mark -1- to label the po‐

sition of the frame with actuating mechanism in relation to the
frame of the sliding/tilting sunroof.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Caution
Do not yet remove the screws -arrows-.
1. Sun roof 189

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

– With help from a second person hold the frame with actuating
mechanism, and now remove the screws -arrow-.
– Take the frame with actuating mechanism out via the rear lid.
fitting
Note
Do not interchange! The screws for fastening the frame with ac‐
tuating mechanism are different in terms of type and size, and are
specific in their position ⇒ page 157 .
– Insert frame. Slightly screw-in the bolt - however do not yet

tighten to the specified tightening torque.
– Align the frame to the markings previously marked.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Caution
Follow the specified order when tightening the screws of the

frame with actuating mechanism:
♦ from front to rear.
♦ Crosswise
1.10 Removing and installing front trim panel for sliding sunroof
1. Sun roof 191

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

equipment required
1561A-
♦ Knife 207 - SAT 1561/12-
♦ Cartridge heater - VAG
1939A-
♦ Pull handle - VAG 1351/1-
(x2)
♦ Window sealant pistol -
SAT 5350-
♦ Saw blade, Ø 80 mm -
V.A.G 1561/26-
Materials
♦ Assembly adhesives - D 190 MKD A3- 3) 4) 5)

♦ Applicator - D 009 500 25-

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

3) To apply this material use the window sealant pistol - SAT 5350- .
5) Pre-heat the single-component adhesive according to manufacturer's instruc‐
tions with the cartridge heater - VAG 1939A- .
Caution

removing the trim panel of the sliding/tilting sunroof:
♦ panoramic window
♦ The headliner
Removing
Note
♦ The trim panel of the sliding/tilting sunroof is destroyed during

removal.
♦ The removal of the trim panel of the sliding/tilting sunroof re‐
mains when cutting up the adhesive sealant material (PUR)
between the trim panel and the sliding/tilting sunroof frame.
♦ The -arrows -identify the position of the adhesive sealant ma‐
terial.
Caution
There is a risk of blocking of the drainage ducts of the sliding/

tilting sunroof frame.
♦ Before starting to cut the visor close off the drainage ducts
on the frame of the sliding/tilting sunroof with a suitable
material.
1. Sun roof 193

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Protect the surface of the panoramic window -2- in the vicinity

of the trim panel of the sliding/tilting sunroof -1- with masking
tape.
DANGER!
Risk of injury.
– Mark the surface of the trim panel with a sharp tool according
to the following specifications:
♦ -a- = 10 mm Marking parallel to inside edge of the trim panel.
♦ -b- = 10 mm Marking parallel to front edge of the trim panel.
♦ -c- = 10 mm Marking parallel to rear edge of the trim panel.
Caution
When cutting the trim panel there is a risk of damaging the

sliding/tilting sunroof.
• Due to the tight clearance between the trim panel and the
frame of the sliding/tilting sunroof the Ø 80 mm saw blade
- V.A.G 1561/26- must not cut deeper than 5 mm into the
trim panel. Attach a limiter (stop) at 5 mm depth.
– Using the electric cutter - SAT 1561A- and the saw blade, Ø
80 mm - V.A.G 1561/26- cut the trim panel open:
♦ Along the longitudinal marks from the back to the front.
♦ Along the transverse markings on the front of the trim panel
(front and rear marking).
– Remove the cut-off pieces to reach the adhesive material of
the trim panel.
– Using the electric cutter - SAT 1561A- and blade 207 - SAT
1561/12- cut open the adhesive material on both sides from
the back to the front.
– Also cut open both adhesive material strands on the front of
the trim panel.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– With help from two cable holder knobs - VAG 1351/1- with
cutting thread - 357 853 999 B- insert the thread via the com‐
pleted cuts in the front area, and pull alternating on both knobs
until the adhesive material string is completely removed.
– Remove the trim panel of the sliding/tilting sunroof.
fitting
Caution
The trim panel of the sliding/tilting sunroof delivered as a spare

part has the following features:
♦ The position of the adhesive bead is indicated by the ref‐
erence line which makes applying the adhesive sealing
material (PUR) easier.
♦ The adhesive area does not have a layer of primer.
Note
The panoramic window must be closed during installation.
Only in case of reusing an undamaged sliding/tilting sunroof.

– Prepare the sliding/tilting sunroof frame for this purpose:
Caution
If an undamaged sliding/tilting sunroof is reused, the adhesive

sealing material strings (PUR) must be cut back.
The adhesive material strings are cut back shortly before re‐
inserting the sliding/tilting sunroof frame. If an adhesive bead
is not applied to the frame immediately after being cut, this
must be “activated” with the glass activator - D 181 802 M1- .
– Shortly before applying the adhesive to the window, cut back

the adhesive bead stuck to the window to a height of 1 to 2
mm.
Note
♦ In areas with tabs, as displayed in the figure, the adhesive

material must be cut back until it is flush with the upper part of
the tabs.
Caution

1. Sun roof 195

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
Continue in case of reusing an undamaged or new sliding/tilting

sunroof frame.
Prepare the new trim panel for mounting. Follow these steps:
– Using fine grained sandpaper smooth the trim panel surface

where the adhesive material shall be applied -arrows-.
– Using cleaning solvent - D 009 401 04- clean the trim panel
surface on which the adhesive material will be applied
-arrows -. Then rub edge of window dry using a lint-free cloth.
– Apply glass/paint primer - D 009 200 02- on the adhesive sur‐
face of the trim panel -arrows-.
Note
Apply the primer evenly and in one step using a fully drenched
felt.
• Primer width approx. 20 mm

• Apply primer centrally in relation to adhesive bead.

(PUR)
1- Bead of glue
2- Primer
3- Trim panel for sliding/tilting sunroof.
tilting sunroof trim panel perforation. See ⇒ page 167

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

treated.
– Using the cartridge gun - SAT 5350- apply adhesive strip - D

190 MKD A3- on the surface intended for the adhesive mate‐
rial strip -arrows-.
Note
Do not apply the adhesive material on both sides in the area

marked with the height -a- = 100 mm.
fitting
WARNING
The trim panel must be fitted before 10 minutes elapse, as the

adhesive properties of the adhesive sealing material (PUR) are
Before inserting the trim panel it must be made sure that the
drainage openings of the frame are free of any residue.
– Apply the trim panel on the sliding/tilting sunroof frame.
– Push the visor -2- with the pressure tool - T20098- downwards
until it is certain that the seal -1- is in contact with the bodywork
-arrow-.
1. Sun roof 197

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
The bodywork form allows the trim panel to be centred.
– Check the installation position of the trim panel ⇒ page 199 .

– Firmly fix the trim panel with masking tape.
♦ Minimum curing period, see ⇒ page 200 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– In the top windscreen area -1- pull on the previously positioned

rope, in order to bring the sealing lip -3- back into the correct
position in relation to the sliding/tilting sunroof -2-.
Installation position of the sliding/tilting sunroof trim panel
1 - Windscreen
2 - Trim panel for sliding/tilting
sunroof.
❑ -Dimension "a"- = 1.5 ±
0.5 mm
• The trim panel -2- must re‐
main above the windscreen
-1-.
❑ -Dimension "b"- = 3 ±
0.5 mm
• The trim panel -2- must re‐
main underneath the seat
flange of the roof -3-.
3 - Roof seat flange
1. Sun roof 199

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.10.1 Trim panel for sliding/tilting sunroof:

minimum curing period
WARNING
For safety reasons only use the following listed adhesive ma‐
terials for the installation of the sliding/tilting sunroof trim panel.
This type of adhesive is specified due to its elasticity and does
not cause any cracks in the paint on the trim panel after it has
hardened.
You must NOT drive the vehicle until the minimum drying time
has elapsed, as the vehicle is otherwise not safe to drive.
Adhesive material Minimum dry‐

ing time (in
hours)
Trim panel for sliding/ Assembly adhesives - 3
tilting sunroof. D 190 MKD A3-
1.11 Removing and installing sliding sunroof

adjustment control unit - J245-
Removing
Note
If you must remove a defective engine while the panoramic win‐

dow is closed, please proceed as described in ⇒ page 183 .
– Remove the cover of the roller blind ⇒ page 158 .

– Disconnect the electrical plug connector from the engine.
– Remove the screws -arrows- and the engine from its seat by
lifting it up.
fitting
Note
When removing the engine, the retaining tabs -1- may loosen.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Before mounting the engine, install the retaining tab correctly

to the frame of the actuating mechanism.
WARNING
♦ If removing and reinstalling the same operating engine

with control unit, some basic adjustments need to be made
⇒ page 206 .
♦ If replacing the engine, the new engine must also be coded
in addition to making basic adjustments. For this purpose
use the vehicle diagnosis tester ⇒ page 208 .
– Check that the slide/tilting sunroof is functioning properly.
1.12 Removing and installing panoramic slid‐

ing sunroof seals
1.12.1 Seal of the sliding/tilting sunroof frame:

removing and installing
Caution
To remove the seal of the sliding/tilting sunroof frame, the fol‐

lowing part does not have to be removed:
♦ wind deflector
1. Sun roof 201

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Remove panoramic window ⇒ page 182 .
– Remove the seal -1- from the frame -2-.
fitting
– Temporarily place the seal -1- on the frame of the sliding/tilting
sunroof -2-. Note the following:
– Evenly place the seal -1- in its seat on the frame of the sliding/
tilting sunroof -2-.
1.12.2 Remove and install the panoramic win‐

dow seal
Caution
To remove the panoramic window seal, the following does not

have to be removed:

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Open the panoramic window -1-.
– Detach seal -2-.
fitting
Note
Spray seal with soap solution to make installation easier.
– Adjust the seal -2- on the outside edges of the panoramic win‐
dow -1- -arrow-.
– Fit the seal -2- in its seat in the panoramic window -1-.
1.13 Removing and installing sunroof roller

blind
Removing
– Remove the cover of the roller blind ⇒ page 158 .
– Move the slides into the closed roof position.
1. Sun roof 203

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– On both sides loosen the screws -1- of the bracket -2-.
– Lift sunroof sun blind -1- diagonally up at rear (as shown) and
pull tension bow with slides towards rear out of guides (in di‐
rection of -arrows-). Remove the roller blind upward.
fitting
– Place the bottom part of the sliding piece -2- into the guide rail
-1-.
• The tabs -arrow- at the bottom part of the slide piece must be
inserted correctly in the guide rails.
• The bottom part of the slide piece must glide softly onto the
guide rails.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Fit the upper part of the sliding piece together with the pulling
rib onto the bottom part and move the parts in the direction of
-arrow a- or arrow -b-. Check if the tab -1- is correctly engaged.
– Repeat the process on the other side of the pulling rib.
• The tabs -arrow- of the bracket must be correctly fitted in the

top side of the guide rail.
• The tabs of the bracket must be correctly fitted in the bottom
side of the guide rail -arrow-.
– Mount the assembly of the roller blind -2- and the screws -1-.
1. Sun roof 205

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.14 Adapting sliding sunroof adjustment

WARNING
There is risk of damage

♦ The basic adjustments can only be completed if the pan‐
oramic window is mounted.
♦ When making basic adjustments, the clamping protection
function is out of operation.
Caution
♦ When removing the panoramic window, basic adjust‐

ments need to be made to the operating engine with
control unit or the sliding/tilting sunroof.
♦ If replacing the engine, the new engine must also be coded
in addition to making basic adjustments. For this purpose
use the vehicle diagnosis tester ⇒ page 208 .
Note
♦ You can make the basic adjustments on the operating engine

with control unit, one of two ways: manually or using the ve‐
hicle diagnosis tester .
♦ When making manual basic adjustments, the vehicle diagno‐
sis tester is not needed.
Manual basic adjustment

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Pull the rotary switch -3- down and hold it in this position for
the entire standardisation process (automatic self-adjustment)
(about 20 seconds).
– As soon as the panoramic window “returns to the position of
the closed sliding /tilting sunroof”, the self-adjustment is com‐
pleted. Then let go of the rotary switch -3-.
Basic setting with vehicle diagnostic and maintenance informa‐
tion system
Caution
Only complete the basic adjustments using the vehicle diag‐

nosis tester if you had to change something on the engine
previously ⇒ page 208 . Otherwise make the basic adjust‐
ments manually ⇒ page 206 .
– Select “fault finding” function on vehicle diagnosis tester .

♦ Bodywork
♦ Electrical system
♦ Diagnostic capable systems
1. Sun roof 207

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Onboard power supply control unit - J519-

♦ Sliding sunroof adjustment control unit - J245-
♦ J245 - Sliding sunroof adjustment control unit basic adjust‐
ment
1.15 Programming sliding sunroof adjust‐

ment control unit - J245-
Caution
If the drive motor with adjustment control is replaced ( adjust‐

ment control of the sliding sunroof - J245- ), the coding using
the vehicle diagnosis unit must take place in addition to the
basic adjustment.
Coding
– Select “fault finding” function on vehicle diagnosis tester .
♦ Bodywork
♦ Electrical system
♦ Diagnostic capable systems
♦ 09 - Onboard power supply control unit - J519-
♦ 09 - Sliding sunroof adjustment control unit - J245-
♦ J245 - Coding the adjustment control of the sliding sunroof
– Carry out basic setting with vehicle diagnostic and mainte‐
nance information system ⇒ page 207
1.16 Pulling rib: removing and installing
Caution

removing the pulling rib:
♦ sliding/tilting sunroof frame roller blind
Removing
– Open the panoramic window.
– Slide sun blind forwards, closing it about halfway.
Caution
There is risk of breakage.

♦ Do not separate the top element of the sliding piece too
much from its bottom element.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Slightly separate both elements of the sliding piece using the

lever - U30800- -arrow a- to loosen the tab -1- (unclip). Keep
both elements of the sliding piece separated from each other.
Move the bottom element in the direction of the -arrow c- and
the top element in the direction of the -arrow b-.
– Remove the pulling rib.
– Remove from both sides of the pulling rib -1- the top elements
of the sliding piece -2- to the side.
– Remove the material -1- of the roller blind together with the
rod in the direction of the -arrow- and take it out of the pulling
rib -2-.
fitting
– Carefully insert the material -1- together with the rod -2- into
the fastening groove of the pulling rib.
1. Sun roof 209

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Laterally insert from both sides of the pulling rib -1- the top
elements of the sliding piece -2-.
– Fit the upper part of the sliding piece together with the pulling
rib onto the bottom part and move the parts in the direction of
-arrow a- or arrow -b-. Check if the tab -1- is correctly engaged.
– Repeat the process on the other side of the pulling rib.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2 Water drain hoses
2.1 Assembly Overview - water drain hoses
2.1.1 Assembly overview - water drain hoses (2 and 4 door vehicles)
1 - Sliding / tilting sunroof

❑ ⇒ “2.3.1 Removing and
installing water drain ho‐
ses (2 and 4 door mod‐
els)”, page 218
❑ ⇒ “2.2.1 Cleaning water
drain hoses (2 and 4
door vehicles)”,
page 211
Note
♦ When renewing the water drain

hose, the replacement part is cut
to length at the drain grommet
which is not needed.
♦ For the positions of stickers and
protective films please refer to
old part.
3 - Drainage opening
❑ Integrated in the frame
of the sliding/tilting sun‐
roof
4 - Water drainage valve
installing water drain ho‐
ses (2 and 4 door mod‐
els)”, page 218
2.2 Drain hoses: cleaning
2.2.1 Cleaning water drain hoses (2 and 4

door vehicles)
2. Water drain hoses 211

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Cleaning and insertion aid - VAS 6620-
clean
Caution
The following components do not have to be removed when

cleaning the drainage pipes:
♦ Rear bumper lining
– Remove the screws -arrow - and push the rear wheel housing
away to reach the inside end of the drainage pipe.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Insert the flexible end of the probe Cleaning and assembly aid
- VAS 6620- through the opening of the drain pipe -arrow-. The
probe should reach the panoramic window.
– Again pull the probe out and slide-in, and alternating pouring
water on the sliding/tilting sunroof.
• The water should run out at the lower end of the drain pipe.
Note
If the panoramic window was removed, the drainage pipes can

also be cleaned from above, from the water catchers of the slid‐
ing/tilting sunroof.
– Attach screws -arrows-.

– Repeat the procedure with a different drain tube.
2.2.2 Cleaning water drain hoses (ST Model)

♦ Cleaning and insertion aid - VAS 6620-
Front water drain hoses

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
The front drainage hoses -1- run in the A pillars and terminate in
the plenum chamber at the ends of the bulkhead cross member.
clean
– Cleaning is done from panorama sliding roof cut-out.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Rear water drain hoses

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
The rear water drain hoses -1- are routed through the C-pillars
and end in the rear wheel housings.
clean
Caution
The following components do not have to be removed when

cleaning the drainage pipes:
♦ Rear bumper lining

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove the screws -arrow - and push the rear wheel housing
away to reach the inside end of the drainage pipe.
– Insert the flexible end of the probe Cleaning and assembly aid
- VAS 6620- through the opening of the drain pipe -arrow-. The
probe should reach the panoramic window.
– Again pull the probe out and slide-in, and alternating pouring
water on the sliding/tilting sunroof.
• The water should run out at the lower end of the drain pipe.
Note
If the panoramic window was removed, the drainage pipes can

also be cleaned from above, from the water catchers of the slid‐
ing/tilting sunroof.
– Attach screws -arrows-.

– Repeat the procedure with a different drain tube.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.3 Removing and installing water drain ho‐

ses
2.3.1 Removing and installing water drain hoses (2 and 4 door models)
Note

old part.
Removing
– Removing roof trim ⇒

Roof trim; Removing
and installing headliner .
– Partially remove lug‐

gage compartment side
panel trim ⇒ Internal
chassis installation
work; Rep. gr. 70 ; lug‐
gage compartment pan‐
el trim; uninstalling and
installing the luggage
compartment side panel
trim .
– Hang out the pipe -1-

from the drainage open‐
ing -3-.
– Remove the pipe from

the fastening clips
⇒ Item 4 (page 218) .
– Detach the discharge

valve -5- from the bodywork -6- and remove the pipe -1-.
2 - C-pillar
3 - Drainage opening
❑ Integrated in the frame of the sliding/tilting sunroof
4 - Fastener
❑ 7 + 7 each
❑ Engaged in body.
❑ Bring the marking -arrow a- on the drainage pipe-1- into line with the clip shown (upper area of the rear
fixed window).

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
Insert the drain valve into the seat in

the body with the aid of a soapy sol‐
ution.
❑ Bring the marking -arrow b- of the drain valve -1- into line with the top edge of the drain valve -5-.
6 - Bodywork

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3 Panorama sliding roof
3.1 Tools
♦ Roller for door insulation foil - 3356-
♦ Adhesive strip remover - VAS 6349-
3.2 functioning
All actions of the panoramic sliding roof can be performed with
ignition switched on.
After the ignition is switched off, actions can be performed until
either the driver or front passenger door is opened.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Opening of front glass panel can be preselected using rotary knob

-1-.
Opening glass panel to the so called comfort position -4-, pre‐
vents to a large extent wind noise while driving, which can occur
when roof is fully open.
Glass panel can be tilted and closed using pull and push function
on rotary knob.
Sun blind opening button -2- and sun blind closing button -3- are
integrated into rotary knob.
The panoramic sliding roof is equipped with a force limitation (an‐
ti-trap) mechanism. If the glass panel encounters an obstruction
while closing from tilting or sliding position, it will open automati‐
cally.
In addition, there is an emergency closure function. If problems
occur during closure, panoramic sliding roof can be forced to
close by pulling rear end of rotary switch. Rotary switch must thus
be in “Sliding sunroof closed” position.
The roll-back function is disabled when the emergency closure
function is active.
The sliding roof motor is equipped with overheating protection,
whose activation depends on various parameters. The sliding
sunroof motor is functional again after a cooling-off phase.
In the event of power failure, front glass panel and sun blind can
be moved manually ⇒ page 276 .
3.3 Panoramic sliding roof normalisation run
Note
♦ After renewal of glass panel, motor, tilting mechanism or sun

blind, a normalisation run must be carried out for the corre‐
sponding drive.
♦ Roll-back function is switched off when establishing reference
points.
Establishing reference points of sliding sunroof motor

Ignition is switched on.
Rotary switch must be in “Sliding sunroof closed” position.
– Pull rotary switch -1- downwards and hold during whole proc‐
ess to establish reference points (approx. 20 s) in this position.
– When establishing reference points, glass panel first closes
and then moves approx. 200 mm towards the rear.
– After glass panel is closed again, establishment of reference
points is finished and rotary switch must be released.
Establishing reference points for sun blind motor
Ignition is switched on.
3. Panorama sliding roof 221

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Press “Close push button for sun blind” -3- and hold down.
Keep in this position during the entire standardisation process
(about 20 seconds).
– When establishing reference points, sun blind first closes and
then moves approx. 200 mm towards the rear.
– After sun blind has been closed completely again, normalisa‐
tion run is finished and actuation button can be released.
3.4 Assembly overview - panoramic sliding sunroof
1 - Front glass panel

⇒ page 226
2 - Bolts
❑ For front glass panel
❑ 6 off
❑ 5 Nm
3 - Bolts
❑ For rear glass panel.
❑ 2 off
❑ 5 Nm
4 - Exterior seal
❑ Renewing ⇒ page 237
5 - Exterior side seal
⇒ page 234
6 - Inner seal
⇒ page 236
7 - Exterior seal
⇒ page 234
8 - Rear glass panel
⇒ page 230
9 - Bolts
❑ For rear glass panel.
❑ 4 off
❑ 5 Nm
10 - Spacer
11 - Inner seal
12 - Moulding
❑ Conceals the screws of the front glass panel

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
13 - Assembly frame
❑ Assembly overview ⇒ page 224
15 - Clips
❑ 5 on each side
16 - Water drain hose (rear)
Note

old part.
17 - Water drain hose (front)

❑ ⇒ “2.2.2 Cleaning water drain hoses (ST Model)”, page 213
Note

old part.
18 - Clips
❑ 5 on each side

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.5 Assembly overview - Cranks and tilt mechanism
1 - Wind deflector
⇒ page 241
2 - Bolt.
❑ For securing wind de‐
flector
❑ 5 off
❑ 2 Nm
3 - Sealing plug
4 - Mounting
5 - Support plate
❑ 1 on each side
6 - Bolt.
❑ 4 on each side
❑ 8± 1 Nm
7 - Cable for the tilt mechanism
⇒ page 271
8 - Tilting mechanism
⇒ page 271
9 - Guide rail with front part
❑ Cannot be renewed in‐
dividually
❑ Part of the front part
10 - Bolt.
❑ For the cover
❑ 2 Nm
11 - Cover
❑ Part of inner seal
12 - Rear part
13 - Spring plate
14 - Bolt.
❑ 18 off
❑ 8± 1 Nm
15 - Bolt.
❑ 7 off
❑ 2 Nm
16 - Cable cover
17 - Cable cover
18 - Bolt.
❑ 2 on each side
❑ 8 Nm

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
19 - Motor for sun blind

❑ Initialising ⇒ page 221 .
20 - Bolt.
❑ For securing sliding roof motor
❑ 3 off
❑ 5 Nm
21 - Wiring harness
22 - Cable for sun blind
23 - Carriage
❑ 1 on each side
24 - Sun blind
25 - Bolt.
❑ For securing sliding roof motor
❑ 3 off
❑ 5 Nm
26 - Sunroof motor
❑ Initialising ⇒ page 221 .
27 - Cable cover
28 - Spring plate
29 - Cable cover
30 - Bolt.
❑ 12 off
❑ 2 Nm

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.6 Removing and installing front glass panel

Removing
– Open glass panel -1- until trim -1- is accessible.

– Release locking lugs -4- by pressing -arrow B- on rear -3-.
– Pull trim -1- off downwards at rear end -arrow A-.
– Push trim forwards -arrow C- and remove.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Unscrew bolts -2- from glass panel -1- on left and right.
Note
To unscrew bolts, use a magnetic tool so that bolts do not fall into mechanism of panoramic sliding roof.
– Lift out glass panel -1- upwards.
Caution
To avoid damaging wind deflector, do not move tilting mecha‐

nism when glass panel is removed.
fitting
Note
♦ New bolts must always be used when installing glass panel.

♦ To screw in bolts, use a magnetic tool so that bolts do not fall into panoramic sliding roof guide.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Insert glass panel -1- from above and screw in screws -2- but
do not tighten them firmly.
– Adjusting front glass panel ⇒ page 232 .
– Tighten bolt -2- to specified torque 5 Nm.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Fit trim -2- into glass panel at front -1- -5-.

– Push trim -2- towards the rear -arrow A-.
– Push trim onto glass panel -arrow B- and clip locking lugs -4-
in on the rear.
– On completion of all work, operate sliding roof motor to estab‐
lish reference points ⇒ page 221 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.7 Removing and installing rear glass panel

Removing
Note
To unscrew bolts, use a magnetic tool so that bolts do not fall into panoramic sliding roof guide.
– Operate front glass panel until it is in tilted-open position.

– Undo front screws -2- of rear glass panel -1-.
– Make a note of the number of spacers and take out under the
screw-attachment surface.
– Pull inner seal -3- inwards slightly at the points -arrows- and
undo screws -2-.
– Lift out rear glass panel -1- upwards.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
Note
♦ Always use new screws when installing or removing glass panel.

♦ To screw in bolts, use a magnetic tool so that bolts do not fall into panoramic sliding roof guide.
The installation is carried out in reverse order of removal for the

removal procedures described.
– Insert glass panel -1- from above.
– Align spacers and tighten screw -2- from above, specified tor‐
que: 5 Nm.
– Pull inner seal -3- inwards slightly at the points -arrows- and
screw in screws -2- but do not tighten completely.
– Adjust rear glass panel ⇒ page 232 .
– After adjusting rear glass panel, tighten screws, 5 Nm.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.8 Adjusting glass panel
3.8.1 Checking height adjustment
Note
♦ Front glass panel must only be adjusted at front edge -1- and rear glass panel at rear edge -2-.
♦ To achieve the best possible optical appearance, ensure that adjustments on left and right are as far as is
possible uniform (symmetric).
Checking height adjustment

– Using a depth gauge, check the setting of the front glass cover
-1- and rear glass cover -2-.
If measured values differ from specifications, respective glass
panel must be adjusted.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.8.2 Adjusting front glass panel
Note
The glass panel height adjustment is performed after the glass

panel has been closed from slide open position.
– Remove trims ⇒ page 226 .

– Only unscrew two front bolts -2- on the left and right,
– Close glass panel.
– Adjust glass panel -1- according to illustration.

♦ Dimension -a- : 1.7 ± 0.7 mm
♦ Dimension -b-: 0.5 + 0.8 - 0.5 mm
– Insert and tighten screws on left and right, 5 Nm.

– Installing trim ⇒ page 227 .
3.8.3 Adjusting rear glass panel

– Pull inner seal -3- inwards slightly at indicated points
-arrows- and undo bolts -2-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Adjust rear glass panel -2- according to illustration.

♦ Dimension -c- : 0.8 ± 0.7 mm
– Insert and tighten screws on left and right, 5 Nm.
3.9 Removing and installing sliding panor‐

amic sunroof seals
3.9.1 Removing and installing exterior seal for rear glass panel
Removing
– Remove rear glass panel ⇒ page 230 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Pull seal -2- off rear glass panel -1- all round.
– Remove any adhesive residue with adhesive strip remover -
VAS 6349- .
fitting
Note
To guarantee a good bonding of seal, do not bond at a temperature below 20°.
– Bonding surface on glass panel must be free of dust and

grease.
– Clean complete bonding area with cleaning solution - D 009
401 04- .
– Pull protective film -3- off adhesive tape of new seal -2- and
press seal on at corners and ends.
– If the seal is excessively long, any excess length is evenly
compressed.
– Press seal on evenly all round using roller - 3356- .
– Install rear glass panel ⇒ page 230 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.9.2 Removing and installing inner seal for rear glass panel
Removing
– Open front glass panel completely via the convenience posi‐

tion.
– Pull seal -2- off rear glass panel -1-.
VAS 6349- .
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Bonding surface on glass panel must be free of dust and

grease.
401 04- .
– Pull protective film -4- off adhesive tape of new seal -2- and
press seal on at ends.
– If the seal is excessively long, any excess length is evenly
compressed.
– Press seal on evenly all round using roller - 3356- .
3.9.3 Removing and installing the exterior

seal
Removing
– Remove front glass panel ⇒ page 226 .
– Pull exterior seal -1- off all round.
– Cut off all round profile of outer seal -1- in -arrow- area, flush
with edge of roof -4-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remaining part -3- stays between roof -4- and assembly frame
-2-.
VAS 6349- .
fitting
Note
♦ New seal is supplied in excess length. The new seal must be

cut to length appropriately. It is recommended to leave new
seal 1-2 mm longer than it should be and to compress any
excess length.
♦ To guarantee a good bonding of seal, do not bond at a tem‐
perature below 20°.
♦ After bonding outer seal, wait at least 30 min before fitting
glass panel to ensure seal does not unstick.
– Entire bonding surface on roof cut-out must be free of dust and

grease.
401 04- .
– Centre new exterior seal -1- with joint -arrow- to centre of rear
roof cut-out.
– Pull protective film from adhesive tape -4- of new exterior seal
-1- and press seal onto roof -3-.
– The seal must not pull into the radii, otherwise the seal will
stretch and compress.
– Press exterior seal on firmly and evenly 2x around circumfer‐
ence using roller - 3356- .
– Install front glass panel ⇒ page 226 .
3.9.4 Removing and installing interior seal

Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

– Pull interior seal -2- off assembly frame -1-.
VAS 6349- .
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Bonding surface must be free of dust and grease.

401 04- .
Note
To guarantee a good bonding of seal, do not bond at a temperature below 20°.
– Align interior seal -2- with butt positioned on rear centre of roof
cut-out, onto bonding surface of assembly frame -1-.
– Pull protective film off adhesive tape of new interior seal and
press on.
– The seal must not pull into the radii, otherwise the seal will
stretch and compress.
– Press interior seal on firmly and evenly 2x around circumfer‐
ence using roller - 3356- .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.10 Removing and installing wind deflector

Removing
– Open front glass panel.

– Unclip the mounting bracket of the wind deflector out of the
assembly frame -1- using a screwdriver -arrows-.
– Undo bolts -2- securing wind deflector -1-
– Take out wind deflector -1- upwards.
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

– Removing and installing wind deflector bracket ⇒ page 243 .
Tightening torque
Wind deflector bolts 2 Nm
Note
Wind deflector mounting bracket must engage audibly.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.10.1 Removing and installing wind deflector bracket
Removing
– Remove wind deflector -1- ⇒ page 241 .
– Lever apart mounting bracket -2- and plugs -3-.
fitting
– Connect mounting bracket -2- and plugs -3- together.
– Installing wind deflector -1- ⇒ page 241 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.11 Removing and installing preselector for glass panel and sun blind
Removing
– Remove lighting elements and front control unit ⇒ Electrical
system; Rep. gr. 96 ; Control units; front interior lighting /
reading lights: removal and installation .
– Separate electrical connection-2-.
– Release locking hooks -arrows- and remove switch -1-.
fitting
– Push in switch -1- until locking hooks -arrows- engage audibly.
– Connect connector -2-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.12 Removing and installing sliding sunroof

adjustment control unit - J245-
Removing
– Remove the frame -1- in -the direction of arrow- out of the
moulded headliner.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove sliding roof motor -1-.

fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
With front glass panel removed:

– Press the tilting mechanism -1- fully forwards -arrow a- on both
sides until it is completely lowered.
– Push tilting mechanism only at indicated point -arrow- of slider
-1- not at guide plate -2-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Continue installation in reverse order.

Tightening torque for screws -2- of the sliding roof motor: 3.5 Nm

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.13 Removing and installing sunroof roller blind control unit - J394-
Removing
– Remove moulded headlining ⇒ General body repairs, interior;

Rep. gr. 70 ; Roof trim; Removing and installing moulded
headlining .
– Remove sun blind motor -1-.
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Before installing motor, adjust sun blind by ensuring parallel

distance -a- between sun blind cross strut -1- and sun blind
housing -2-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

– Connect connector -4-.
– Tighten bolt -3- to specified torque 3.5 Nm
– On completion of all work, carry out normalisation run for sun
blind motor ⇒ page 221 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.14 Removing and installing sunroof roller blind

Removing
Note
In the event of power failure, sun blind can be moved by turning sun blind motor with a commercially available
hexagon key to removal position (fully open) ⇒ page 276 .
– Open sun blind completely.

– Remove bolts -3- of cap -2- on both sides.
– Release the fastener -arrow- of the cap -2- out of the rear part
-4- with the aid of the lever - A71101- .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Fold up cover -4-.

Interior seal is not removed to do this.
– Carefully lift sun blind cross strut -2- together with sun blind
slide -1-.
Note
When doing so, make sure that the blind material is not damaged.
– Pull sun blind slides -1- sideways in direction of -arrow- and

out of sun blind cross strut -2-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

headlining .
– Undo screws -2- of sun blind housing -1-
– Pull sun blind housing -1- downwards a little in
-direction of arrow-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Pull sun blind housing -1- together with sun blind steel strap
-4- in direction of -arrow- out of sun blind rail -2-.
Note
Proceed carefully so that the blind material -3- is not damaged.
Sun blind cross strut can be renewed when sun blind is removed
⇒ page 260 .
fitting
Note
♦ Sun blind cross strut must be fitted before installation of sun blind housing.
♦ Do not grease sun blind slide and sun blind cables.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Push sun blind housing -2- together with sun blind steel strap
-4- in direction of -arrow- into assembly frame -1-.
– The guides of the sun blind housing must be pushed onto as‐
sembly frame -1- precisely -arrows-.
Note
Make sure that the blind material -3- is not damaged.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Push sun blind slide -1- in direction of -arrow- into sun blind
cross strut -2-.
Note
Ensure that sun blind slide -1- engages in cut-out of sun blind steel strip -6- and in follower of sun blind cable
-5-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

– Connect cover -2- to assembly frame -4- so that engages cor‐
rectly.
Tighten bolt -3- to specified torque 2 Nm.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Correctly position sun blind housing -1-.

Tighten bolt -2- to specified torque 3.5 Nm.
Note
♦ After installing the roller blinds, this must be checked for synchronous run and if it is running properly.
♦ Fort his purpose, the roller blind can be moved by hand on sun blind motor using a commercially available
hexagon key.
♦ Watch out for folding and warping of the sun blind material.
– Install moulded headliner ⇒ General body repairs, interior;

headliner .
– On completion of all work, carry out normalisation run for sun
blind motor ⇒ page 221 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.15 Removing and installing sunroof roller blind rail
Note
Make sure that the blind material -2- is not damaged.
Removing
– Remove sun blind ⇒ page 252 .
– Carefully pull sun blind cross strut -1- in direction of -arrow-
out of beading -3- of sun blind fabric -2-.
fitting
– Carefully push sun blind cross strut -1- onto beading -3-.
– Install sun blind ⇒ page 252 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.16 Removing and installing sunroof roller blind cables

Removing

headlining .
– Remove sun blind motor ⇒ page 249 .
– Remove bolts -arrows- of cable covers -1- and -3-.
– Loosen the retainers -arrow A- and the cable covers -1- and
-3- remove.
Note
In case the spring plate -2- remains in the rear part -4- remove it.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Lift guide pipe -1- out of cable support bracket -6-.

– Pull cable -5- out of blind rail -4-.
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

Tighten screw -arrows-, specified torque: 2 Nm
Note
Do not grease motor plate and sun blind cables.

– Install sun blind motor ⇒ page 249 .
headliner .
– On completion of all work, carry out a normalisation run for all
panoramic sliding roof drives ⇒ page 221 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.17 Removing and installing sliding sunroof frame

Removing
Note
A second mechanic is required for removing and installing assembly frame.

headlining .
– Pull water drain hoses off connecting pieces -arrows- on
mounting frame -2-.
– Remove bolts -4- and -5- and remove the bracket -3-.
– Disconnect connector to wiring harness on sliding roof motor
-5-.
– Loosen bolts -1-, but do not remove completely.
Further dismantling requires the help of another mechanic.
– Unscrew bolts -1- and take assembly frame out of vehicle.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
– Lift assembly frame -1- into vehicle with the help of at least a
second mechanic.
– When bolting assembly frame, use 2 cylindrical pins (with the
smooth side of the drill ∅ 10mm) to align frame with centring
holes -a- (oblong hole) and -b- and with roof.
– Screw in bolts -2- but do not fully tighten.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
tighten bolts -1- in the specified sequence from -A- to -I-.

– Bolt tightening torque 8 Nm.
– Fit the bracket -3- and tighten the bolts -4- and -5- in the speci‐
fied sequence.
– Bolt tightening torque 8 Nm.
headliner .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.18 Removing and installing rear part

Removing

– Remove assembly frame from vehicle ⇒ page 264 .
– Pull interior seal -2- off assembly frame -1-.
VAS 6349- .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Release wiring harness from rear section.

– Mark position -arrow- of rear part -1- in relation to guide rails
-4- for purpose of later installation.
– Separate bonded connection -5- between guide rail -4- and
rear part -1-, using a knife.
– Pull entire rear part -1- together with discharge tubes -3- out
of guide rails -4-.
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

VAS 6349- .
– Clean bonding surfaces -5- on rear part and guide rails with
cleaning solution -D 009 401 04- .
– Insert a ∅ 3.5 mm butyl sealing cord - AKD 497 010 04 R10-
-5- into bonding channel on rear section -1- as shown.
– Push entire rear part -1- with discharge tubes -2- in direction
of -arrow- onto guide rails -3-.
– Tighten bolt -2- to specified torque 2 Nm.
Note
Before installation, check assembly frame for leaks.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Seal water drain fitting -3-.

– Fill marked area -4- between rear section -2- and guide rail
-5- with water.
– Wait for at least 5 minutes and then check for leaks.
– Seal any leaks with butyl sealing cord - AKD 497 010 04 R10- .
– Install sun blind motor ⇒ page 249 .
– Install new interior seal ⇒ page 238 .
– Install assembly frame ⇒ page 264 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.19 Removing and installing tilt mechanism for sliding sunroof

Removing

– Remove assembly frame from vehicle ⇒ page 264 .
– Remove sliding roof motor ⇒ page 245 .
– Remove rear section from assembly frame ⇒ page 267 .
– Remove bolts -arrows- of cable covers -1- and -3-.
– Loosen the retainers -arrow A- and the cable covers -1- and
-3- remove.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
After the rear part is removed, the tilt mechanism can be pushed
towards the rear.
– Push glass panel tilting mechanism only by indicated position
-arrow b- on slider -2-, not by guide plate -1-.
Note
Tilting mechanism tilts when moving.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Caution
Note position of cables before removing.

Do not pull or push tilting mechanism guide plate.
– Detach cable -4- from sliders -1- -arrow B-.

– Pull slider -1- out of guide rail -3- -arrow A-.
– Remove the tilt mechanism -4- out of the guide rails -3-.
fitting
Note
♦ Guide rails must only be cleaned if heavily soiled ⇒ page 276 .

♦ Do not grease cables.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Push tilting mechanism -1- partially into guide rail -3- -arrow-.
– Ensure that slides -2- face towards rear when being pushed
into guide rail -1-.
– Push cable -4- into guide rail -3- -arrow B-.
– Hook cable -4- into the tilt mechanism -1- -arrow A-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
Do not pull or push tilting mechanism guide plate.
– The tilting mechanism for the glass panel is pushed only by

the specified position -arrow b- on the tilt mechanism -2- and
not by the guide rail-1-.
– Push tilting mechanism fully forwards -arrow a- on both sides
until it is completely lowered.
Note
Tilting mechanism is lowered when it is moved.
– Attach rear section to assembly frame ⇒ page 267 .

– Install assembly frame in vehicle ⇒ page 264 .
– Install sliding roof motor ⇒ page 245 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

3.20 Maintenance and care

Check function, clean water drains and lubricate guides ⇒ Main‐
tenance ; Booklet 501 ; Work description; panorama sunroof:
Check function, clean gutters and lubricate guides; panorama
sunroof, ST model
3.21 Operating without current
3.21.1 Glass panel
Note
♦ In the event of power failure, front glass panel near to sliding sunroof motor can be moved by hand using a
commercially available hexagon key.
♦ Front glass panel must only be moved manually until its front edge is flush with front edge of rear glass
panel. If glass panel is moved further backwards, mechanism cables may hook off.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

– Using a standard hexagon key, undo the bolt -1-.
When turning by hand, greater force is necessary since motor is
not uncoupled from drive.
3.21.2 Sun blind
Note
In the event of power failure, sun blind can be moved by hand on sun blind motor using a commercially available
hexagon key.

headlining .
– Using a standard hexagon key, undo the bolt -2-.
When turning by hand, greater force is necessary since motor is
not uncoupled from drive.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
63 – Bumpers
1 Front bumper
⇒ “1.1 Exploded view of bumper cover”, page 278
⇒ “1.2 Impact bar - exploded view”, page 293
⇒ “1.3 Removing and installing bumper cover”, page 295
⇒ “1.4 Removing and installing impact bar”, page 302
⇒ “1.5 Removing and installing attachments”, page 305
⇒ “1.6 Repairing bumper cover”, page 324
1.1 Exploded view of bumper cover

⇒ “1.1.1 Front bumper lining - Assembly overview”, page 278
⇒ “1.1.2 Front bumper cover, version CUPRA - assembly over‐
view”, page 281
⇒ “1.1.3 Front bumper cover, version CUPRA 2017 - assembly
overview”, page 283
⇒ “1.1.4 Front bumper cover, version X-PERIENCE - assembly
⇒ “1.1.5 Front bumper cover, version Ecomotive Leon 2017 - as‐
sembly overview”, page 287
⇒ “1.1.6 Front bumper cover, version mit Radar Leon 2017 - as‐
⇒ “1.1.7 Front bumper cover, version FR Leon 2017 - assembly
1.1.1 Front bumper lining - Assembly overview
278 Rep. gr.63 - Bumpers

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1 - Front park assist steering

senders
❑ 4 off
2 - Seal for the sensor of the
front steering parking aid
❑ 4 off
3 - Sensor holder for the front
steering parking aid
❑ 4 off
❑ ⇒ “1.5.2 Replacing the
sensor holder for the
front steering parking
aid”, page 306
4 - Company emblem at front
installing emblem at ve‐
hicle front”, page 581
5 - Impact bar
page 302
installing lock carrier
cover”, page 305
7 - Expansion rivet
❑ 4 off
8 - Wind deflector
9 - Bolt.
❑ 3 off
❑ 2 Nm
10 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 2 Nm
11 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 2 Nm
12 - Spreader block
❑ 3 + 3 each
13 - Guide profile
14 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
❑ 2 Nm
15 - Front trim
❑ ⇒ “2.2.1 Removing and installing front trim”, page 443
16 - Bracket on fog light
❑ ⇒ “1.5.10 Fog light bracket: removing and installing”, page 317
1. Front bumper 279

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
17 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ For securing the grille ⇒ Item 21 (page 280) on the bracket ⇒ Item 16 (page 279)
18 - Front wheel housing liner
❑ PP/EPDM Material
❑ ⇒ “9.3 Removing and installing wheel housing liner (front)”, page 535
19 - Front wheel housing spoiler
❑ ⇒ “9.5 Removing and installing the front wheel housing spoiler”, page 538
20 - Spray jet cover of the headlight washer system
❑ ⇒ “1.5.3 Removing and installing the spray jet cover for the headlight washer system”, page 307
❑ Installing and removing headlight cleaning system⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 92 ; Headlight cleaning
system; Removing and installing jets .
21 - Side grille the trim of the bumper
❑ Depending on model
❑ ⇒ “1.5.9 Removing and installing the side grille on bumper trim”, page 314
22 - Wing of the spoiler, bottom
❑ ⇒ “1.5.7 Removing and installing the bottom spoiler wing”, page 311
23 - Bolt.
❑ 4 off
❑ 2 Nm
24 - Bottom spoiler
❑ ⇒ “1.5.12 Lower spoiler (front bumper): remove and install”, page 319
25 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2 Nm
26 - Centre grille
❑ Secured to front bumper lining with retaining clips
❑ ⇒ “1.5.4 Removing and installing the lower centre grill”, page 308
27 - Trailer hitch cover
28 - Front bumper cover
❑ ⇒ “1.3 Removing and installing bumper cover”, page 295
❑ ⇒ Fig. ““Assembly of the number plate or number plate carrier, vehicles with wheels”“ , page 290
29 - Upper grille centred in the trim of the bumper
❑ ⇒ “2.1 Removing and installing radiator grille”, page 441

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.1.2 Front bumper cover, version CUPRA - assembly overview

senders
❑ 4 off
❑ 4 off
❑ 4 off
aid”, page 306
5 - Impact bar
page 302
cover”, page 305
7 - Expansion rivet
❑ 4 off
8 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 2 Nm
9 - Upper grille centred in the
trim of the bumper
10 - Front trim
11 - Front company badge “CUPRA”
❑ ⇒ “10.4.3 Removing and installing CUPRA emblems at vehicle front”, page 584
12 - Spreader block
❑ 3 + 3 each
13 - Guide profile
14 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
❑ 2 Nm
15 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ For securing the grille ⇒ Item 21 (page 280) on the bracket
1. Front bumper 281

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

18 - Bolt.
❑ For securing air intake grille ⇒ Item 19 (page 282)
19 - Air intake grille
❑ Only on left side
❑ removal and install; remove bolt ⇒ Item 17 (page 282)
23 - Bolt.
❑ 4 off
❑ 2 Nm
24 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2 Nm
25 - Centre grille
❑ ⇒ “1.5.4 Removing and installing the lower centre grill”, page 308
26 - Cover
❑ ⇒ “1.5.11 Label cover CUPRA”, page 318

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.1.3 Front bumper cover, version CUPRA 2017 - assembly overview
1 - Expansion rivet
❑ 4 off
cover”, page 305
3 - Auxiliary radiator
4 - Auxiliary radiator air duct
❑ Right.
❑ Depending on the ver‐
sion, an air duct can be
fitted on the left side on
vehicles with automatic
gearboxes
❑ ⇒ “1.7 Auxiliary radiator
air duct: remove and in‐
stall”, page 18
5 - Bolt
❑ 4 off
❑ 2 Nm
trim of the bumper
installing radiator grille
(Leon 2017 version)”,
page 442
7 - Guide profile
wing”, page 26
trim
❑ 1 + 1 each
9 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2 Nm
10 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
❑ 2 Nm
11 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 2.2 Nm
13 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 2 Nm
1. Front bumper 283

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

15 - Bolt.
❑ 4 off
❑ 2.2 Nm
16 - Centre grille
❑ ⇒ “1.5.6 Removing and installing bottom centre grille (Leon 2017 version)”, page 310
17 - Front company badge “FR”
❑ ⇒ “10.4.1 Removing and installing emblem at vehicle front”, page 581
19 - Front trim
❑ ⇒ “2.2.2 Front trim - CUPRA 2017 version - removing and installing”, page 444
❑ ⇒ “1.3.2 Removing and installing bumper cover (Leon 2017 version)”, page 299
❑ 2 off
24 - Seal for the sensor of the front steering parking aid
❑ 4 off
25 - Spray nozzle for headlight washer system
❑ ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 92 ; Headlight washer system; Removing and installing spray jets
26 - Sensor holder for the front steering parking aid
❑ 4 off
❑ ⇒ “1.5.2 Replacing the sensor holder for the front steering parking aid”, page 306
27 - Front park assist steering senders
❑ 4 off
❑ ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 94 ; Parking aid; Removing and installing front sensors for parking aid
28 - Central grille in the bumper cover

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.1.4 Front bumper cover, version X-PERIENCE - assembly overview

senders
❑ 4 off
❑ 4 off
❑ 4 off
aid”, page 306
5 - Impact bar
page 302
cover”, page 305
7 - Expansion rivet
❑ 4 off
8 - Wind deflector
9 - Bolt.
❑ 2 Nm
trim of the bumper
11 - Front trim
13 - Front bumper cover, top section
14 - Spreader block
❑ 3 + 3 each
15 - Guide profile
16 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
❑ 2 Nm
1. Front bumper 285

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
17 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
18 - Front bumper cover, bottom section
20 - Bolt.
❑ For securing air intake grille ⇒ Item 21 (page 286)
21 - Air intake grille
❑ Only on left side
❑ removal and install; remove bolt ⇒ Item 20 (page 286)
24 - Bolt.
25 - Bolt.
26 - Bottom spoiler
❑ ⇒ “1.5.13 Lower spoiler (front bumper), X-PERIENCE version: remove and install”, page 321
27 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2 Nm
28 - Centre grille
❑ ⇒ “1.5.5 Removing and installing the lower, centre grill, X-PERIENCE version”, page 309
29 - Bolt.
32 - Bolt.
❑ 3 off
❑ 2 Nm

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.1.5 Front bumper cover, version Ecomotive Leon 2017 - assembly overview
1 - Expansion rivet
❑ 4 off
cover”, page 305
3 - Bolt.
❑ 4 off
❑ 2 Nm
4 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 2 Nm
trim of the bumper
page 442
6 - Front trim
installing front trim”,
page 443
8 - Spreader block
❑ 3 + 3 each
9 - Guide profile
installing guide profile
(Leon 2017 version)”, page 323
10 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
❑ 2 Nm
❑ 4 off
❑ 4 off
❑ 4 off
14 - Wiring harness
1. Front bumper 287

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
❑ 2 off
17 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
20 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ ⇒ “1.5.8 Removing and installing bottom spoiler wing (Leon 2017 version)”, page 313
22 - Bolt.
❑ 4 off
❑ 2.2 Nm
23 - Bolt.
❑ 4 off
❑ 2 Nm
24 - Bottom spoiler
❑ ⇒ “1.5.14 Lower spoiler (front bumper), Leon 2017 version: remove and install”, page 322
25 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 2 Nm
26 - Centre grille

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.1.6 Front bumper cover, version mit Radar Leon 2017 - assembly overview
1 - Expansion rivet
❑ 4 off
cover”, page 305
3 - Bolt.
❑ 4 off
❑ 2 Nm
4 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 2 Nm
trim of the bumper
page 442
6 - Front trim
page 443
8 - Spreader block
❑ 3 + 3 each
9 - Guide profile
installing guide profile
(Leon 2017 version)”, page 323
10 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
❑ 2 Nm
❑ 4 off
❑ 4 off
❑ 4 off
14 - Wiring harness
1. Front bumper 289

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
❑ 2 off
17 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
20 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2 Nm
22 - Bolt.
❑ 4 off
❑ 2.2 Nm
23 - Bolt.
❑ 4 off
❑ 2 Nm
24 - Bottom spoiler
❑ ⇒ “1.5.14 Lower spoiler (front bumper), Leon 2017 version: remove and install”, page 322
25 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 2 Nm
26 - Centre grille
Assembly of the number plate or number plate carrier, vehicles

with wheels
Note
When assembling the number plate or number plate carrier on

the front bumper, the area of the radar signals is kept free.
The number plate or number plate carrier -2- must not exceed the
maximum dimension -A- measured from the end of the bumper
-1- in order to prevent interferences with the area of the radar
signals -3-.
• Dimension A: 25 mm
Note
The maximum dimension -A- applies to all the bumper designs.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.1.7 Front bumper cover, version FR Leon 2017 - assembly overview
1 - Expansion rivet
❑ 4 off
cover”, page 305
3 - Bolt.
❑ 4 off
❑ 2 Nm
4 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 2 Nm
trim of the bumper
page 442
6 - Front trim
page 443
7 - Front company badge “FR”
❑ ⇒ Fig. ““Assembly of the
number plate or number
plate carrier, vehicles
with wheels”“ ,
page 290
9 - Spreader block
❑ 3 + 3 each
10 - Guide profile
❑ ⇒ “1.5.16 Removing and installing guide profile (Leon 2017 version)”, page 323
11 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
❑ 2 Nm
12 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
15 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
1. Front bumper 291

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
❑ 2 Nm
16 - Bolt.
❑ 4 off
❑ 2.2 Nm
18 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 2 Nm
19 - Centre grille
❑ 4 off
❑ 4 off
❑ 4 off
❑ 2 off
26 - Wiring harness

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.2 Impact bar - exploded view

⇒ “1.2.1 Impact bar - exploded view”, page 293
⇒ “1.2.2 Impact bar, version with control unit for adaptive cruise
control (ACC) J428 - assembly overview”, page 294
1.2.1 Impact bar - exploded view
1 - Impact bar
page 302
2 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 8 Nm
3 - Bolt.
❑ 4 + 4 each
❑ 55 Nm
4 - Shock absorber
5 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 8 Nm
6 - Protective support for pe‐
destrians
7 - Nut
❑ 2 off
❑ 13 Nm
8 - Alarm horn
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ Electrical system;
Rep. gr. 90 ; Horn; High
horn - H2- / Low horn -
H7- : removal and instal‐
lation
1. Front bumper 293

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.2.2 Impact bar, version with control unit for adaptive cruise control (ACC) - J428-
- assembly overview
1 - Impact bar
page 302
2 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 8 Nm
3 - Bolt.
❑ 4 + 4 each
❑ 55 Nm
4 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 8 Nm
5 - Cover
Rep. gr. 27 ; Automatic
adaptive cruise control;
control unit for adaptive
cruise control (ACC)
6 - Control unit for adaptive
cruise control (ACC) - J428-
Rep. gr. 27 ; Automatic
adaptive cruise control;
control unit for adaptive
cruise control (ACC)
❑ Calibrate ⇒ electrical
system; Rep. gr. 27 ;
Adaptive cruise control
(ACC); Calibrating
adaptive cruise control (ACC)
7 - Shock absorber
8 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 8 Nm
9 - Protective support for pedestrians
10 - Nut
❑ 2 off
❑ 13 Nm
11 - Alarm horn
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 90 ; Horn; High horn - H2- / Low horn - H7- :
removal and installation

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.3 Removing and installing bumper cover

⇒ “1.3.1 Removing and installing bumper cover”, page 295
⇒ “1.3.2 Removing and installing bumper cover (Leon 2017 ver‐
sion)”, page 299
1.3.1 Removing and installing bumper cover

♦ Torque wrench 2-10 Nm - VAG 1783-
♦ Liquids capture device - VAS 6208-
♦ Sealing plug set - VAS 6122-
Caution
The following does not have to be removed to remove the front

bumper lining:
♦ Main headlamps
Removing
– Remove lock carrier cover ⇒ page 305 .
1. Front bumper 295

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Unscrew bolts -4-, -5-, -6- and -7-.
– Undo the screws -2- and -3- from both sides.

– Release the trim from the bumper. Fort this, pull both edges
from both sides to unclip the trim panel from the guide
-Arrow-.
Caution
There is a risk of damaging the electrical wiring harness
Before completely removing the trim of the bumper:

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Vehicles with parking steering aid only:

– Unclip and disconnect the plug for the parking assist sender
⇒ Electrical System; Rep. gr. 94 ; Parking assist; Installing
and removing the sender for the front parking assist .
Only vehicles with fog lights:
– Unclip and disconnect -1- the fog light.

Vehicles with headlight washers only:
– Place the drip tray - T20173- under the washer fluid reservoir.
– Detach the line -1- from the clip -2- of the plenum chamber for
the headlight washer system.
– Detach clip -3- from the pump for the headlight washer system.
Note
Turn the pump motor of the headlight washer system slightly to

the outside in order to make handling of the clip -3- easier.
– Seal the pump of the headlight washer system with the plug
from the sealing plug set - VAS 6122- .
All vehicles (continued):
– Then screw out the remaining bolts (-1-).
1. Front bumper 297

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
To protect the components removed against damage, cover the resting surface with soft material.
– Remove front bumper lining.

Installation
Note
When installing the bumper, take special care that the paint on
the upper ends of the locked ends on the wing are not impaired.
If necessary, protect these using masking tape before installing
and remove after installing.
Use the tightening torque of the screws ⇒ page 278

– If installed, adjust the fog lights if these have had to be re‐
moved for repairing the bumper trim: ⇒ Electrical system; Rep.
gr. 94 ; Fog lights; fog lights: adjust .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
♦ Check the gap in the front bumper cover ⇒ Body Repairs; Rep.
gr. 00 .
♦ Before closing front bonnet check the working of the Bowden
cable lever.

(Leon 2017 version)
♦ Liquids capture device - VAS 6208-
♦ Sealing plug set - VAS 6122-
Removing
– Remove lock carrier cover ⇒ page 305 .
1. Front bumper 299

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Unscrew screws -1- and -2- from below.
– Unscrew the bolts -2- from both sides, which fix the front
bumper trim to the wheel housing -3-.
– Unscrew wheel housing -3- and loosen bolts -1- on both sides.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Pull bumper trim -1- at both corners in the

-direction of the arrow- out of the guides.
Caution
There is a risk of damage to the electrical wiring.
Before completely pulling the trim off the bumper:

Only vehicles with fog lights:
– Unclip and disconnect -3- the fog light.
Vehicles with parking steering aid only:
– Unclip and separate connector -4-.
– Place the liquids capture device - VAS 6208- under the front
windscreen wiper liquid tank.
Note
Turn the pump motor of the headlight washer system slightly to

the outside in order to make handling of the clip -2- easier.
– Detach clip -2- from the pump for the headlight washer system.
– Seal the pump of the headlight washer system with the plug
from the sealing plug set - VAS 6122- .
Note

– Remove front bumper lining.

Installation
Note
When installing the bumper, take special care that the paint on
the upper ends of the locked ends on the wing are not impaired.
If necessary, protect these using masking tape before installing
and remove after installing.
Use the tightening torque of the screws ⇒ page 278

– If installed, adjust the fog lights if these have had to be re‐
moved for repairing the bumper trim: ⇒ Electrical system; Rep.
gr. 94 ; Fog lights; fog lights: adjust .
1. Front bumper 301

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
♦ Check the gap in the front bumper cover ⇒ Body Repairs; Rep.
gr. 00 .
♦ Before closing front bonnet check the working of the Bowden
cable lever.
1.4 Removing and installing impact bar

Removing
– Remove the main headlight unit with the lower bracket ⇒
Electrical system; Rep. gr. 94 ; Headlight; installing and re‐
moving headlights; installing and removing headlights .
Continuation only for vehicles with ventilation control
Note
Depending on the vehicle version, one of the signal horns may be

affixed to the longitudinal beam opposite.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Unclip the connectors of the horn -1-.

– Free the clips -arrow- with the lever - 80 200- .
J428-

– Loosen cross member -1- from the fastenings -arrows-.

– Loosen the bolts -1-, but do not screw out.
Continued only for vehicles with an underbody guard
1. Front bumper 303

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Place two support blocks under the lock carrier -arrows-.
– With an indelible pen, mark the position (dimension -a-) of the

cross-member relative to the lock member.

– Clip out the impact bar -1- from the mount in the lock carrier.
– Remove the remaining screws and then remove the impact
bar -1-.
Installation

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Move both sides of the impact bar until it is aligned with the
pen marks (dimension -a-) on the lock member -2-. Tighten
the screws on both sides -1-.
J428-
control (ACC) .
1.5 Removing and installing attachments

⇒ “1.5.1 Removing and installing lock carrier cover”, page 305
⇒ “1.5.2 Replacing the sensor holder for the front steering parking
aid”, page 306
⇒ “1.5.3 Removing and installing the spray jet cover for the head‐
light washer system”, page 307
⇒ “1.5.4 Removing and installing the lower centre grill”,
page 308
⇒ “1.5.5 Removing and installing the lower, centre grill, X-PERI‐
ENCE version”, page 309
⇒ “1.5.6 Removing and installing bottom centre grille (Leon 2017
version)”, page 310
⇒ “1.5.7 Removing and installing the bottom spoiler wing”,
page 311
⇒ “1.5.8 Removing and installing bottom spoiler wing (Leon 2017
⇒ “1.5.9 Removing and installing the side grille on bumper trim”,
page 314
⇒ “1.5.10 Fog light bracket: removing and installing”, page 317
⇒ “1.5.11 Label cover CUPRA”, page 318
⇒ “1.5.12 Lower spoiler (front bumper): remove and install”, page
319
⇒ “1.5.13 Lower spoiler (front bumper), X-PERIENCE version:
remove and install”, page 321
⇒ “1.5.14 Lower spoiler (front bumper), Leon 2017 version: re‐
move and install”, page 322
⇒ “1.5.15 Removing and installing guide profile ?”, page 323
⇒ “1.5.16 Removing and installing guide profile (Leon 2017 ver‐
sion)”, page 323
1.5.1 Removing and installing lock carrier

cover
1. Front bumper 305

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Remove cover of the lock carrier -2-; for this purpose use a
flange screwdriver; turn the rivet heads -1- by 90° to the left
and then pull them out with the lever - 3409- .
– Press lock carrier cover -2- upwards.
fitting
1.5.2 Replacing the sensor holder for the front

♦ Hot-air blower - VAG 1416-

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Materials
♦ Plastic cleanser 100 ml - D 195 850 A1- .
♦ Plastic primer, 150ml - D 822 150 A1-
Removing
– Remove the parking assist sender ⇒ Electrical System; Rep.
gr. 94 ; Parking assist; Installing and removing the sender for
the front parking assist .
– Before removal, the holder must be heated using the hot air
blower - VAG 1416- .
– Using the lever - 3409- remove the holder from the bumper
trim.
fitting
Note
The holder of the steering parking aid sender cannot be swapped

with each other as each has its own installation position, see ⇒
Electronic Parts Catalog .
– Using 100 ml plastic cleanser - D 195 850 A1- , clean the area
-5- of the bumper trim where the new holder should be fitted.
Flashing-off time, approx. 5 minutes.
– Apply a thin layer of Plastic cleanser 150 ml - D 822 150 A1-
to the surface -5- of the bumper trim.
– Remove the protective paper -1- from the adhesive foam tape.
– Position the holder -2- in the bumper trim within the marked
field.
– Press the holder -2- against the bumper trim.
– Connect the connector to the sender.
– Check the condition of the seal -3- and replace when damaged
⇒ Electronic Parts Catalog .
– Insert the seal -3- in the sender -4-.
– Install the parking assist sender ⇒ Electrical System; Rep. gr.
94 ; Parking assist; Installing and removing the sender for the
front parking assist .
– Installing front bumper cover ⇒ page 295 .
1.5.3 Removing and installing the spray jet

cover for the headlight washer system
1. Front bumper 307

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electricity consumers.
– With the lever - 3409- , remove the cover -1- in the direction
of the -arrow-.
– Take care not to damage the nozzle. Fix the mobile holder
-2- with suitable tools.
– Clip the cover -1- out of the tabs -arrows- and remove.
fitting
– Take care not to damage the nozzle. Fix the mobile holder
-2- with suitable tools.
– Place the cover -1- on the mobile holder -2-.
Note
The cover -1- must engage in the mobile holder -2-.
1.5.4 Removing and installing the lower cen‐

tre grill

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Undo the fixings -1-, beginning in one corner and remove the
bottom centre grille -2-.
fitting
1.5.5 Removing and installing the lower, cen‐

tre grill, X-PERIENCE version
Removing
– Removing the bottom spoiler wing ⇒ page 311 .
– Remove the lower spoiler (front bumper trim) ⇒ page 321 .
– Remove the grille on the side of the bumper trim
⇒ page 314 .
1. Front bumper 309

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

fitting
1.5.6 Removing and installing bottom centre

grille (Leon 2017 version)
Note
The removal and installation procedures may have to be modified

slightly depending on model variants.
Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
1.5.7 Removing and installing the bottom

spoiler wing
Caution

bottom spoiler wing:
♦ Bottom noise insulation for the engine
Note
Do not interchange! The screws have another thread pitch depending as to it they are fixed to a plastic block
or on a quick locking nut.
1. Front bumper 311

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Lower the spoiler wing -3- using your hand and, using the lever
- 3409- , release the retaining clips -4- starting at one of the
outer sides.
– Remove the wing of the bottom spoiler -3- in the direction of
the -arrow-.
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
Do not interchange! The screws have another thread pitch de‐

pending as to it they are fixed to a plastic block or on a quick
locking nut.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.1 Front bumper lining - Assembly overview”,
page 278
1.5.8 Removing and installing bottom spoiler

wing (Leon 2017 version)
Caution

bottom spoiler wing:
1. Front bumper 313

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note

locking nut.

– Lower the spoiler wing -2- using your hand and, using the re‐
moval wedge - 3409- , release the retaining clips -3- starting
at one of the outer sides.
– Remove the wing of the bottom spoiler -2- in the direction of
the -arrow-.
fitting
Note

locking nut.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.1 Front bumper lining - Assembly overview”,
page 278
1.5.9 Removing and installing the side grille

on bumper trim

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Wedges - T10383-
Caution
When removing the side grille from the bumper trim panel,
there is no need to remove the following items:
♦ Bumper trim
Note

self.
installation for vehicles with fog lights. The sequences for the
vehicles without fog lights is similar.
1. Front bumper 315

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
Only vehicles with fog lights, except version “FR”
The grille is fitted with six retaining tabs; the -arrows- point to the
locations.
– Using wedge - T10383/1- and wedge - T10383/2- , press the
upper and lower retaining clamps -arrows- and remove the
grille.
Only vehicles with fog lights, version “FR”

The grille is fitted with six retaining tabs; the -arrows- point to the
locations.
– Using wedge - T10383/1- and wedge - T10383/2- , press the
upper and lower retaining clamps -arrows- and remove the
grille.
Only vehicles with fog lights, “X-PERIENCE” version

The grille is fitted with ten retaining tabs; the -arrows- point to the
installation locations.
Note
To enable removal of the grille, you must thus start to remove the
retaining tab -arrow A-.
– Press with the lever - 3409- on the upper and lower retaining
clamps -arrows- and remove the grille.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Only vehicles with fog lights, version Leon 2017

The grille is fitted with nine retaining tabs; the -arrows- point to
the installation locations.
Note
– Press with the removal wedge - 3409- -3- on the upper and
lower retaining clamps -arrows- and remove the grille.
Only for vehicles with fog lights, version FR and FR Plus Leon
2017
The grille -2- is fitted with ten retaining tabs; the -arrows- point to
the installation locations.
Note
– Press with the removal wedge - 3409- -1- on the upper and
lower retaining clamps -arrows- and remove the grille.
1.5.10 Fog light bracket: removing and instal‐

ling
Caution

fog light bracket:
♦ The fog light
Note

self.
installation for vehicles with fog lights. The sequences for the
vehicles without fog lights is similar.
Removing
1. Front bumper 317

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Vehicles with headlight washers.

– Remove jet ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 92 ; Headlight
cleaning system; installing and removing jets .
– Remove the grille on the side from the bumper trim
⇒ page 314 .
– Remove the bracket.
fitting
– Make sure that the fog lights are engaged in the bumper cor‐
rectly -arrow-.
– Install the grille in the side from the bumper trim ⇒ page 314 .
1.5.11 Label cover CUPRA

♦ Hot-air blower - SAT 1416-
♦ Digital thermometer - SAT 4013-


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

Removing
– Before removing the label cover on the front bumper trim, heat
it up to approx. 25 ℃ with a hot air gun - SAT 1416- .
– Using the lever - U30800- carefully loosen the label cover-1-
from the front bumper trim.
– Remove any residue from the adhesive tape using the adhe‐
sive strip remover - VAS 6349- .
fitting
– Clean the area of the front bumper trim where the new label
cover is to be applied with isopropanol or heptanes alcohol.
– Then treat the area where the new label cover should be ap‐
plied using silicone cleaner.
– Allow to dry well.
– Attach the cover and press down with thrust piece - T20098-
with force of approx 5 kg.
1.5.12 Lower spoiler (front bumper): remove

and install
Caution

bottom spoiler:
Note
Do not interchange! The screws have another thread pitch depending as to it they are fixed to a plastic block
or on a quick locking nut.
1. Front bumper 319

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove the screws -4- from both sides.

– Lower the spoiler -3- using your hand and, using the lever -
U30800- , release the retaining clips -5- starting at one of the
outer sides.
– Remove the spoiler -3- in direction of -arrow-.
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note

locking nut.
1.5.13 Lower spoiler (front bumper), X-PERI‐

ENCE version: remove and install
Removing
– Removing the bottom spoiler wing ⇒ page 311 .
1. Front bumper 321

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

– Loosen the clamps -arrows A-.
– Lower the spoiler -1- using your hand and, using the lever -
3409- , release the retaining clips -3- starting at one of the
outer sides.
fitting
Fit in reverse order to removal.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ page 285
1.5.14 Lower spoiler (front bumper), Leon 2017

version: remove and install
Note

Removing
– Undo wiring harness from the fastening -arrow-.
– Release retaining clips -1- using the removal wedge - 3409-
-3-, starting at one of the outer sides.
– Pull out spoiler -2- in -direction of arrow-.
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1.5.15 Removing and installing guide profile ?

Note

Removing
– Undo the screws -1- and remove the guide profile -2- of the
wing -3-.
fitting
Note
The bumper trim must engage seamlessly in the guide profile.
1.5.16 Removing and installing guide profile

(Leon 2017 version)
1. Front bumper 323

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note

Removing
– Unscrew screws -3- and -4- and remove the guide profile -2-
from the wing -1-.
fitting
Note
The bumper trim must engage seamlessly in the guide profile.
1.6 Repairing bumper cover
Note
If bumper trim is damaged, determine whether plastic can be re‐

paired before exchanging bumper.
Description under: ⇒ General Information; Body Repairs, General

Body Repairs ; Plastic repair procedures

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2 Rear bumper
⇒ “2.1 Exploded view of bumper cover”, page 325
⇒ “2.2 Exploded view - impact bar”, page 348
⇒ “2.3 Remove and install securing strip”, page 349
⇒ “2.4 Removing and installing bumper cover”, page 351
⇒ “2.5 Removing and installing attachments”, page 361
⇒ “2.6 Repairing bumper cover”, page 370
⇒ “2.7 Modifying the rear bumper trim for vehicles with rear view
camera”, page 371
2.1 Exploded view of bumper cover

⇒ “2.1.1 Rear bumper trim, three and five-door models: exploded
view”, page 325
⇒ “2.1.2 Rear bumper cover, version FR, 3 and 5 door: assembly
⇒ “2.1.3 Rear bumper cover, version CUPRA, 3 and 5 door: as‐
⇒ “2.1.4 Rear bumper trim, CUPRA 2017 version - Assembly
⇒ “2.1.5 Rear bumper cover, version Leon 2017 - assembly over‐
view”, page 336
⇒ “2.1.6 Rear bumper cover, version FR Leon 2017 - assembly
⇒ “2.1.7 Model ST rear bumper trim: exploded view”, page 340
⇒ “2.1.8 Rear bumper trim, X-PERIENCE model: Exploded view”,
page 342
⇒ “2.1.9 Rear bumper trim, ST CUPRA model - exploded view”,
page 344
⇒ “2.1.10 Rear bumper trim, ST FR model - exploded view”, page
346
2.1.1 Rear bumper trim, three and five-door models: exploded view
2. Rear bumper 325

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
1 - Tight spreader block

❑ 5 off
DANGER!
Risk of ingress of ex‐
haust fumes in the pas‐
senger compartment
Take
♦ a close look at the
tight spreader block and
replace it if is damaged.
The
♦ tight expanding
block prevents air from
entering inside the vehi‐
cle.
2 - Moulding attachment
❑ ⇒ “2.3.1 Securing strip,
vehicles with 3 and 5
doors: removing and fit‐
ting”, page 349
3 - Bolt.
❑ 5 off
❑ 2.5 Nm
4 - Rear crossbeam
Removing
– Remove the bumper

trim ⇒ page 351 .
– Remove the rear cross

member.
fitting
– Ensure that cavity seal -28- is in place.
5 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 4 each
❑ 20 Nm
6 - Sensor for rear steering parking aid
7 - Sensor seal for the rear steering parking aid
❑ 4 off
8 - Sensor holder for the rear steering parking aid
❑ 4 off
❑ ⇒ “2.5.1 Replacement of the rear parking steering aid sender holder”, page 361
10 - Rear view camera
12 - Holder for rear view camera
13 - Bumper trim
❑ Material: PP/EPDM

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
❑ ⇒ “2.4.1 Rear bumper trim, three and five-door models: remove and install”, page 351
❑ ⇒ “2.5.2 Bumper cover, three and five-door models (model FR): remove and install”, page 363
14 - Lower spoiler (rear bumper):
Removing
– Remove the bumper trim ⇒ page 351 .
– Clip the spoiler out of the bumper trim.
fitting
15 - Reflector
❑ Left and right.
❑ Remove using the lever - U30800-
16 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
17 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 2 Nm
18 - Soundproofing sump
❑ 1 + 1 each
19 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 1.7 Nm
20 - Support plate
❑ For bumper
❑ Fit into the guide profile -5- and into the securing strip -2-.
21 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
22 - Clip
❑ With plastic screws
❑ Unscrew the screw to remove it
23 - Guide profile
❑ Left-side
Removing

– Remove the guide profile.
– Proceed in exactly the same manner to remove the guide profile on the other side.
fitting
24 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
2. Rear bumper 327

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
❑ 2.5 Nm
25 - Bolt.
❑ 1+1
❑ 2 Nm
❑ 3 + 3 each
DANGER!
senger compartment
Take
The
♦ tight expanding
cle.
27 - Spreader block
❑ 1 + 1 each
28 - Cavity wax - AKR.308.SP5-
Note
To prevent water penetration

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.1.2 Rear bumper cover, version FR, 3 and 5 door: assembly overview

❑ 5 off
DANGER!
senger compartment
Take
The
♦ tight expanding
cle.
ting”, page 349
3 - Bolt.
❑ 5 off
❑ 2.5 Nm
4 - Rear crossbeam
Removing

trim ⇒ page 351 .

member.
fitting
5 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 4 each
❑ 20 Nm
❑ 4 off
❑ 4 off
9 - Bumper trim
2. Rear bumper 329

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

12 - Bumper cover
13 - Reflector
❑ Left and right.
14 - Bolt.
❑ 7 off
❑ 2.5 Nm
15 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
❑ 1 + 1 each
17 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
18 - Support plate
❑ For bumper
❑ Fit into the guide profile -22- and into the securing strip -2-.
19 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
20 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
22 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
23 - Spreader block
❑ 1 + 1 each
24 - Guide profile
❑ Left-side
Removing
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

❑ 3 + 3 each
DANGER!
senger compartment
Take
The
♦ tight expanding
cle.
Note
2.1.3 Rear bumper cover, version CUPRA, 3 and 5 door: assembly overview

❑ 5 off
DANGER!
senger compartment
Take
The
♦ tight expanding
cle.
ting”, page 349
3 - Bolt.
❑ 5 off
❑ 2.5 Nm
4 - Rear crossbeam
Removing

trim ⇒ page 351 .

member.
2. Rear bumper 331

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
5 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 4 each
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 94 ; Parking aid; Removing and installing rear
sensors for parking aid
❑ 4 off
❑ 4 off
10 - Bumper trim
11 - Bumper cover
❑ ⇒ “2.5.3 Removing and installing bumper cover (CUPRA version)”, page 364
14 - Bolt.
❑ 7 off
❑ 2.5 Nm
♦ ⇒ “2.5.5 Lower spoiler (rear bumper) (CUPRA version): remove and install”, page 367
16 - Reflector
❑ Left and right.
17 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
❑ 1 + 1 each
19 - Support plate
20 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
21 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
23 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
❑ 2.5 Nm
24 - Spreader block
❑ 1 + 1 each
25 - Guide profile
❑ Left-side
Removing

fitting

❑ 3 + 3 each
DANGER!
senger compartment
Take
The
♦ tight expanding
cle.
27 - Spreader block
❑ 1 + 1 each
Note
2. Rear bumper 333

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.1.4 Rear bumper trim, CUPRA 2017 version - Assembly overview
1 - Spreader block
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 3 + 3 each
DANGER!
senger compartment
Take
The
♦ tight expanding
cle.

❑ 5 off
DANGER!
senger compartment
Take
The
♦ tight expanding
cle.
4 - Bolt.
❑ 4 + 4 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
5 - Rear crossbeam
❑ ⇒ “2.2 Exploded view - impact bar”, page 348
❑ ⇒ “2.2 Exploded view - impact bar”, page 348
7 - Bolt.
❑ 5 off
❑ 2.5 Nm
8 - Wiring harness
❑ 4 off
❑ 4 off
11 - Bumper trim

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
❑ ⇒ “2.4.3 Rear bumper trim, vehicles with 3 and 5 doors: Leon 2017 removing and fitting”, page 359
12 - Clip
❑ 3 off
13 - Number plate lights X4 / X5
❑ ⇒ Electrical System; Rep. gr. 94 ; Number plate light; Installing and removing the number plate light
X4 / X5
14 - Bumper cover
❑ ⇒ “2.5.4 Removing and installing bumper cover (FR Leon 2017 version)”, page 365
16 - Bolt.
❑ 6 off
❑ 2.5 Nm
❑ ⇒ “2.5.8 Lower spoiler (rear bumper), Leon 2017 version: remove and install”, page 370
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 6x
20 - Reflector
❑ Left and right.
❑ Remove using the lever - 3409-
22 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
❑ 2 Nm
23 - Rear wheel housing liner trim
❑ Connected to the inner side of the bumper trim with adhesive
24 - Bolt
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 1.7 Nm
25 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
26 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
❑ Removing and installing ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 94 ; Parking aid; Removing and installing rear
sensors for parking aid
29 - Clip
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2 off
31 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
2. Rear bumper 335

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
❑ 2.5 Nm
32 - Guide profile
33 - Support plate
34 - Fixing block
❑ 1 + 1 each
2.1.5 Rear bumper cover, version Leon 2017 - assembly overview
1 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
2 - Wiring harness
3 - Support plate
❑ 2 off
5 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
6 - Sensor seal for the rear
❑ 4 off
7 - Sensor holder for the rear
❑ 4 off
❑ ⇒ “2.5.1 Replacement of
the rear parking steering
aid sender holder”, page
361
8 - Sensor for rear steering
parking aid
⇒ Electrical system;
Rep. gr. 94 ; Parking
aid; Removing and in‐
stalling rear sensors for
parking aid
10 - Sealing cap
11 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
X4 / X5
15 - Bumper trim

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
16 - Reflector
❑ Left and right.
17 - Clip
❑ 2 off
18 - Bolt.
❑ 4 off
❑ 2.5 Nm
20 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 1.7 Nm
21 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
22 - Clip
❑ With plastic screws
❑ Unscrew the screw to remove it
23 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
24 - Wiring harness
25 - Guide profile
❑ 3 + 3 each
DANGER!
senger compartment
Take
The
♦ tight expanding
cle.
27 - Spreader block
❑ 1 + 1 each
2. Rear bumper 337

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.1.6 Rear bumper cover, version FR Leon 2017 - assembly overview

❑ 3 + 3 each
DANGER!
senger compartment
Take
The
♦ tight expanding
cle.
2 - Guide profile
3 - Support plate
4 - Wiring harness
❑ 2 off
6 - Wiring harness
7 - Sensor for rear steering
parking aid
⇒ Electrical system;
Rep. gr. 94 ; Parking
aid; Removing and in‐
stalling rear sensors for
parking aid
8 - Sensor seal for the rear
❑ 4 off
❑ 4 off
10 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
11 - Sealing cap
13 - Bumper trim
14 - Bolt
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
15 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
16 - Reflector
❑ Left and right.
X4 / X5
20 - Bumper cover
❑ ⇒ “2.5.4 Removing and installing bumper cover (FR Leon 2017 version)”, page 365
22 - Clip
❑ 2 off
23 - Bolt.
❑ 4 off
❑ 2.5 Nm
24 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 1.7 Nm
25 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
26 - Spreader block
❑ 1 + 1 each
2. Rear bumper 339

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.1.7 Model ST rear bumper trim: exploded view

❑ 6 + 6 each
DANGER!
senger compartment
Take
The
♦ tight expanding
cle.
2 - Guide profile
❑ Left-side
Removing

trim ⇒ page 353 .
– Remove the guide pro‐

file.
– Proceed in exactly the

same manner to remove
the guide profile on the
other side.
fitting
Installation is done in reverse

order of removal operations.
3 - Support plate
4 - Spreader block
6 - Moulding
❑ 4 off
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 4 off
11 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

13 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
❑ 2 Nm
❑ ⇒ “2.5.6 Lower spoiler (rear bumper) model ST: remove and install”, page 368
15 - Reflector
❑ 1+1
17 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
19 - Rivet
20 - Heat shield
21 - Rear bumper cover reinforcement
22 - Bumper trim
❑ ⇒ “2.4.2 Model ST rear bumper trim: remove and install”, page 353
24 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
25 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 1.7 Nm
26 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 2 Nm
27 - Bolt.
❑ 6 + 6 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
28 - Spreader block
❑ 1 + 1 each
2. Rear bumper 341

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.1.8 Rear bumper trim, X-PERIENCE model: Exploded view

❑ 6 + 6 each
DANGER!
senger compartment
Take
The
♦ tight expanding
cle.
2 - Spreader block
3 - Guide profile
❑ Left-side
Removing

trim ⇒ page 353 .

file.

other side.
fitting

4 - Support plate
❑ 4 off
❑ 4 off
❑ 1 + 1 each
10 - Moulding
11 - Top bumper trim

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

14 - Lower bumper trim
16 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
❑ 2 Nm
18 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
19 - Reflector
❑ 1+1
❑ ⇒ “2.5.6 Lower spoiler (rear bumper) model ST: remove and install”, page 368
21 - Rivet
22 - Heat shield
23 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
❑ 2 Nm
24 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 1.7 Nm
25 - Spreader block
❑ 1 + 1 each
26 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
27 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
28 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
29 - Heat shield
30 - Rivet
31 - Bolt.
❑ 6 + 6 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
2. Rear bumper 343

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.1.9 Rear bumper trim, ST CUPRA model - exploded view

❑ 6 + 6 each
DANGER!
senger compartment
Take
The
♦ tight expanding
cle.
2 - Spreader block
3 - Guide profile
❑ Left-side
Removing

trim ⇒ page 353 .

file.

other side.
fitting

❑ 1 + 1 each
5 - Moulding
7 - Wing extension
❑ 4 off
❑ 4 off
12 - Bumper trim

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

14 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
❑ 2 Nm
– Removing and fitting
⇒ “2.5.5 Lower spoiler (rear bumper) (CUPRA version): remove and install”, page 367
17 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
18 - Reflector
❑ Left and right.
19 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
21 - Bumper cover
❑ Removing and fitting ⇒ “2.5.3 Removing and installing bumper cover (CUPRA version)”, page 364
22 - Rivet
23 - Heat shield
25 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 2 Nm
26 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
27 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 1.7 Nm
28 - Spreader block
❑ 1 + 1 each
29 - Support plate
30 - Bolt.
❑ 6 + 6 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
31 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
2. Rear bumper 345

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.1.10 Rear bumper trim, ST FR model - exploded view

❑ 6 + 6 each
DANGER!
senger compartment
Take
The
♦ tight expanding
cle.
2 - Spreader block
3 - Guide profile
❑ Left-side
Removing

trim ⇒ page 353 .

file.

other side.
fitting

❑ 1 + 1 each
5 - Moulding
❑ 4 off
❑ 4 off
11 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

13 - Bumper trim
15 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 3 each
❑ 2 Nm
17 - Bumper cover
18 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
19 - Reflector
❑ 1+1
20 - Rivet
21 - Heat shield
23 - Bolt.
❑ 2 + 2 each
❑ 2 Nm
24 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
25 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 1.7 Nm
26 - Spreader block
❑ 1 + 1 each
27 - Support plate
28 - Bolt.
❑ 6 + 6 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
29 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2.5 Nm
2. Rear bumper 347

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.2 Exploded view - impact bar
2.2.1 Cross brace of the rear bumper cover, 3 and 5 door: assembly overview
Note

❑ 5 off
DANGER!
senger compartment
Take
The
♦ tight expanding
cle.
ting”, page 349
4 - Bolt.
❑ 5 off
❑ 2.5 Nm
5 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 4 each
❑ 20 Nm
6 - Rear crossbeam
Removing
– Remove the rear cross member.
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.2.2 Model ST rear bumper cross piece: exploded view
Note

❑ 6 off
DANGER!
senger compartment
Take
The
♦ tight expanding
cle.
model ST: remove and
install”, page 350
4 - Bolt.
❑ 6 off
❑ 2.5 Nm
5 - Bolt.
❑ 3 + 4 each
❑ 20 Nm
6 - Rear crossbeam
Removing
– Remove the rear cross member.
fitting
2.3 Remove and install securing strip
2.3.1 Securing strip, vehicles with 3 and 5

doors: removing and fitting
2. Rear bumper 349

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Release connector -1- and unplug.
Note
Do not observe items -2- and -3-, the -arrow A- and the
-arrow B-.
– Loosen the clips -1- of the wiring harness.

– Remove bolts -2- and cross member.
fitting
2.3.2 Securing strip, model ST: remove and

install

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Loosen the clips -1- of the wiring harness.
– Remove bolts -2- and cross member.
fitting
2.4 Removing and installing bumper cover

⇒ “2.4.1 Rear bumper trim, three and five-door models: remove
and install”, page 351
⇒ “2.4.2 Model ST rear bumper trim: remove and install”,
page 353
⇒ “2.4.3 Rear bumper trim, vehicles with 3 and 5 doors: Leon 2017
removing and fitting”, page 359
2.4.1 Rear bumper trim, three and five-door

models: remove and install
Removing
– Remove tail lights ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 94 ; Tail lights;
removing and installing tail lights .
Note
The number and arrangement of the bolts can vary according to

the vehicle engine.
2. Rear bumper 351

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove the screws -arrows- for fixing the rear bumper trim on
the underside of the vehicle.
– Remove the bolts -arrows- that fasten the rear bumper trim to
the wheel housing.
Caution

rear bumper trim:
♦ Fastener -1-
– Release the trim from the bumper. For this purpose, pull on
one corner in order to clip the trim out of the guide.
Caution

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
and removing the sender for the rear parking assist .
– Unclip and disconnect the plug for the number plate light ⇒
Electrical System; Rep. gr. 94 ; Number plate light; Installing
and removing the number plate light X4 / X5 .
Continuation only for vehicles with rear view camera:
– Disconnect the plug connectors for the rear view camera.
Note

– Remove he bumper trim.
– Use some masking tape -arrow a- to attach the electrical con‐

nections of the lights to the inner surface of the light mounting.
fitting
Note
♦ Check that the air vents are not blocked and that the butterfly
valves function properly.
♦ Check that the electrical connections of the lights are secured
with masking tape -arrow a-.
♦ Where applicable, check that the heat shield on the bumper
trim is in perfect condition.
2.4.2 Model ST rear bumper trim: remove and

install
2. Rear bumper 353

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
Note
The number and arrangement of the bolts can vary according to the vehicle engine.
– Remove the bolts -3- fixing the underbody protection -1- to the
bumper trim.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Move the underbody protection -1- and remove the bolt -2-.
the wheel housing.
2. Rear bumper 355

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Caution

rear bumper trim:
♦ Fastener -1-
– Separate the trim from the bumper: pull on the zone marked
by -arrows a- and by this means, unclip the bumper out of the
guide profile.
– Subsequently pull on the zone marked by -arrows b-.

– Pull on the zone of -arrows c-, to unclip the trim out of the
securing strip.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Caution

– Unclip and disconnect the plug for the number plate light ⇒
– Disconnect the plug connectors for the rear view camera.
Note


fitting
Note
2. Rear bumper 357

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Connect the plugs for the number plate light ⇒ Electrical Sys‐
tem; Rep. gr. 94 ; Number plate light; Installing and removing
the number plate light X4 / X5 .
– Install bumper trim; for this purpose fit to the specified points
indicated by the -arrows a- in order to press it into the securing
strip -1-. Push in the zone of -arrows a- against the bumper
trim.
– Push in the zone of -arrows b- from both sides.

– Push in the zone of -arrows c- from both sides.
Continue installation in opposite order as removal

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.4.3 Rear bumper trim, vehicles with 3 and 5

doors: Leon 2017 removing and fitting
Removing
Note
The number and arrangement of the bolts can vary according to

the vehicle engine.
– Remove the screws -arrows- for fixing the rear bumper trim on
the underside of the vehicle.
2. Rear bumper 359

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
the wheel housing.
– Unscrew wheel housing -2- and loosen bolts -1- on both sides.
Caution

rear bumper trim:
♦ Fastener -1-
– Pull bumper trim 1 at both end out of the guides.
Caution

– Unclip and remove electrical plug connector of the parking as‐
sist sender -4- ⇒ Electrical System; Rep. gr. 94 ; Parking
assist; rear parking assist sender: remove and assist .
– Unclip and remove the plug for the number plate light -5- ⇒
– Unplug electrical connectors of the reverse camera -2- and
-3-.
Note


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

fitting
Note
2.5 Removing and installing attachments

⇒ “2.5.1 Replacement of the rear parking steering aid sender
holder”, page 361
⇒ “2.5.2 Bumper cover, three and five-door models (model FR):
remove and install”, page 363
⇒ “2.5.3 Removing and installing bumper cover (CUPRA ver‐
sion)”, page 364
⇒ “2.5.4 Removing and installing bumper cover (FR Leon 2017
⇒ “2.5.5 Lower spoiler (rear bumper) (CUPRA version): remove
⇒ “2.5.6 Lower spoiler (rear bumper) model ST: remove and in‐
stall”, page 368
⇒ “2.5.7 Lower spoiler (rear bumper) X-PERIENCE model: re‐
⇒ “2.5.8 Lower spoiler (rear bumper), Leon 2017 version: remove
2.5.1 Replacement of the rear parking steer‐

ing aid sender holder
2. Rear bumper 361

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Materials
♦ Plastic cleanser 100 ml - D 195 850 A1- .
♦ Plastic primer, 150ml - D 822 150 A1-
Removing
– Remove rear bumper cover ⇒ page 351 .
– Remove the rear parking assist sender ⇒ Electrical System;
Rep. gr. 94 ; Parking assist; Installing and removing the send‐
er for the rear parking assist .
– Before removal, the sender holder must be heated using the

hot air blower - VAG 1416- .
– Using the lever - 3409- remove the holder from behind the
bumper trim.
fitting
Note
The holder of the steering parking aid sender cannot be swapped

with each other as each has its own installation position, see ⇒
Electronic Parts Catalog .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Using 100 ml plastic cleanser - D 195 850 A1- , clean the area
-5- of the bumper trim where the new holder should be fitted.
– Apply a thin layer of Plastic cleanser 150 ml - D 822 150 A1-
to the surface -5- of the bumper trim.
– Remove the protective paper -1- from the adhesive foam tape.
– Position the holder -2- in the bumper trim within the marked
field.
– Press the holder -2- against the bumper trim.
– Connect the connector to the sender.
– Check the condition of the seal -3- and replace when damaged
⇒ Electronic Parts Catalog .
– Insert the seal -3- in the sender -4-.
– Install the parking assist sender ⇒ Electrical System; Rep. gr.
94 ; Parking assist; Installing and removing the sender for the
rear parking assist .
– Install the rear bumper lining ⇒ page 351 .
2.5.2 Bumper cover, three and five-door mod‐

els (model FR): remove and install

cover -2- of the bumper -3-.
2. Rear bumper 363

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting

(CUPRA version)
– Remove the rear bumper trim:

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ ⇒ “2.4.1 Rear bumper trim, three and five-door models: re‐

♦ ⇒ “2.4.2 Model ST rear bumper trim: remove and install”, page
353
fitting

(FR Leon 2017 version)
2. Rear bumper 365

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

♦ ⇒ “2.4.3 Rear bumper trim, vehicles with 3 and 5 doors: Leon
2017 removing and fitting”, page 359
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.5.5 Lower spoiler (rear bumper) (CUPRA

version): remove and install
Removing
– Loosen the fasteners -1-, starting with one corner and sepa‐
rate the lower spoiler -3- from the bumper -2-.
2. Rear bumper 367

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
2.5.6 Lower spoiler (rear bumper) model ST:

remove and install
Removing
rate the lower spoiler -2- from the bumper -3-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
2.5.7 Lower spoiler (rear bumper) X-PERI‐

ENCE model: remove and install
2. Rear bumper 369

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Partially remove the heat shield -3-.

rate the lower spoiler -1- from the bumper.
fitting
2.5.8 Lower spoiler (rear bumper), Leon 2017

version: remove and install
♦ Release lever - T40280-
Removing
– Remove the clips -2- with the lever - T40280- .
– Release clips -1- starting from one of the two sides.
– Remove the spoiler -3-.
fitting
2.6 Repairing bumper cover
Note
If bumper trim is damaged, determine whether plastic can be re‐

paired before exchanging bumper.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Description under: ⇒ General Information; Body Repairs, General

Body Repairs ; Plastic repair procedures
2.7 Modifying the rear bumper trim for vehicles with rear view camera
1 - Adjustment template of the

bumper trim
❑ To print the template, re‐
fer to:
♦ ⇒ Electronics spare parts
catalogue ETKA; Infoline
brochure no. SEAT 807
2 - Bumper trim
Note
♦ The rear bumper trim is supplied without the opening for the
rear view camera.
♦ Where necessary carry out appropriate preparations for fitting.
2. Rear bumper 371

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Pneumatic sabre saw - VAG 1523B-
♦ Drill 5 mm ∅
DANGER!
Leather gloves and safety glasses must always be worn.
Note
♦ The installation work must only be carried out with the bumper
removed.
♦ To prevent damage and soiling, place suitable material be‐
tween the pumper trim and the support surface before sup‐
porting parts of the trim.
• The work must be carried out before the rear bumper trim is
painted.
• The templates must be printed in their actual size ⇒ Electron‐
ics spare parts catalogue ETKA; Infoline brochure no. SEAT
– IBIZA 807 .
• Check that the dimensions correspond to the actual size.
– Cut out the templates.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Use the opening for the number plate light -1- to centre the
template -2-.
– Fasten the template -2- to the bumper with the aid of adhesive
tape -3-.
– Drill 5 mm diameter holes -1- in the corners.
– With the sheet metal cutter sheet metal cutter - VAG 1523B-
cut along the lines -A-.
– Remove any burrs.
– Check the fastening of the rear view camera mount -1- in the
bumper trim -2-.
– Paint the bumper trim ⇒ Paintwork repair guidelines .
– Carry out the remaining installation work.
2. Rear bumper 373

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
64 – Glazing
1 Windows, main components
1 - Windscreen
windscreen”, page 388
Note
The spare parts service only sup‐

plies a windscreen with sealing lip,
which is compatible for vehicles with
and without sliding/tilting sunroof.
2 - Rear window
- rear window (2 and 4-
door models)”,
page 397
- rear window (ST mod‐
el)”, page 399
3 - Side window
- side window (4-door
models)”, page 405
- side window (2-door
- side window (ST mod‐
el)”, page 407
4 - Rear door glass
dow”, page 435
front door window”, page 429
6 - Rear door electric window lifter unit
❑ ⇒ “6.2 Assembly Overview - rear door window”, page 430
7 - Front door electric window lifter unit
❑ ⇒ “6.1 Exploded view - front door window”, page 429
374 Rep. gr.64 - Glazing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2 Repair notes
2.1 Minimum curing periods for bonded win‐

dows
Drying or setting time
WARNING
Special standards must be adhered to when replacing bonded

windows. One of these standards is, for example, that a freshly
bonded windscreen must comply with the safety requirements,
even in an accident, following the minimum prescribed curing
period.
The minimum curing period for the 2-component window adhe‐

sive is 2 hours for all the windows.
Minimum curing period is the time from bonding the window until
vehicle may be used. During this time, the vehicle must stand on
a level surface at room temperature (at least 15 °C).
WARNING
Vehicle is safe to use only after the curing period is completed.
2.2 Window repair
Note
♦ Before renewing windscreen, explore possibilities of repairing

damage to glass.
♦ Damaged windscreens can be repaired - VAS 6092- with the
windscreen repair kit.
♦ This damage must not exceed a certain size or position.
♦ Each window repair kit comes with a set of instructions.

♦ Window repair kit - VAS 6092-
♦ ⇒ General Information; Body Repairs, General Body Repairs ;

Repair of laminated glass
2. Repair notes 375

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.3 Installation instructions for bonded win‐

dows
(PUR)
1- Bead of glue
2- Primer
3- Plate
• Dimension -c- = the area and the process for application of the
adhesive sealant material (PUR) is different depending on the
window concerned. Proceed according to the following in‐
structions:
♦ Proceed with an undamaged windscreen according to the in‐
structions in ⇒ page 381 .
♦ Where other undamaged windows are concerned (excluding
the windscreen), apply the paste to the previously cut-back
adhesive bead. Follow the instructions accordingly
⇒ page 383
♦ With a new window, apply the material on the primer layer.
Note
In order to ensure for the homogeneous properties of the dual

component mixture, apply a bead -a- with 10 cm to a clean surface
and dispose of the first piece of the product.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

Caution
Risk of water penetrating via the panes bonded to the body‐

work
♦ To ensure the tightness between the windows and body‐
work, cover the adhesive bead according to the following
instructions:
For windscreens only

Rear window only

Only for the rear lateral window, 3-door model

2. Repair notes 377

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Only for the rear windows of the model ST


Instructions for applying the adhesive sealing material (PUR).
Note
♦ If the window is not damaged, apply the material on the old

adhesive bead previously cut-back. Follow the instructions ac‐
cordingly ⇒ page 381
♦ With a new window, apply the material on the primer layer.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– In the intended area -1- of the window, using the cartridge gun
- SAT 5350- or the double cartridge gun - VAS 5237- , apply
an adhesive bead of the dual component adhesive - D 004 660
M2- .
Note
Always hold the gun at a right angles to the window.
WARNING

Do not apply a very thick bead of glue nor press the glass hard
against the bodywork flange, as the excess glue would be seen
through the clearance, as there is no sealing lip.
For windscreens only

– With the two suction holders - VAG 1344- , place the window
on the body flange and press on evenly in the middle until the
spacers are resting.
– Check the clearances on the windscreen between the roof and
upper struts A ⇒ page 390 .
– While hardening, fix the windscreen with adhesive tape.
After the curing time of the adhesive (see instructions in
⇒ page 375 ) then the installation of the following elements takes
place:
– Fit the grille below the windscreen ⇒ page 34 .
– Install windscreen wiper arm ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr.
screen wiper arm .
– Fit the drip rail moulding from strut A ⇒ page 478 .
– Install interior mirror ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
68 ; Interior mirror; Removing and installing interior mirror .
Note
Paste any stickers needed on the window (e.g. for the airbag).
Continuation only for vehicles with front camera for driver assis‐
tance systems
– Calibration of front camera for die assistance systems ⇒ un‐
dercarriage, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; front camera for
assistance systems; calibrate front camera for driver assis‐
tance systems .
Rear window only
– With the two suction holders - VAG 1344- , place the window
on the body flange and press on evenly in the middle until the
spacers are resting.
– Check the window glass clearances ⇒ page 397 .
– During the hardening time, fix the windscreen with adhesive
tape.
2. Repair notes 379

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

place:
– If necessary, using a plastic spatula, remove the dried adhe‐
sive residues that may come into contact with the components
of the heatable rear window (cutting wires, clamps, etc.).
– Fit the connectors for the heated windscreen.
– Install rear window wiper motor ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr.
92 ; Rear window wiper system; removing and installing the
V12 rear window wiper motor .
– Install rear window wiper arm ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr.
rear window wiper arm .
– Install tailgate trim ⇒ General body repairs; Rep. gr. 70 ; Lug‐
gage compartment trim; Removing and installing upper tail‐
gate trim .
– Using the suction cups - VAG 1344- , first position the fixing
blocks centred in their openings or mounts and then place the
window on the body flange.
Note
The surrounding profile of the window must rest equally on the

body.

place:
– Install upper C-pillar cover ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
– Using the suction cups - VAG 1344- , first position the fixing
blocks centred in their openings or mounts and then place the
window on the body flange.
Note
The surrounding profile of the window must rest equally on the

body.

place:
– Install upper B-pillar cover ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
– Install upper C-pillar cover ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
– Remove side trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
70 ; Side trim; Removing and installing luggage compartment
side trim .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.4 Preparing undamaged windows for in‐

stallation
2.4.1 Preparing undamaged windows (wind‐

screens) for installation
Note
♦ Depending on the production condition of the vehicle the ar‐

rangement of the beads of adhesive sealant on the sides of
the windscreen can vary.
♦ In any case, apply the adhesive sealant (PUR) to the wind‐
screen according to the following instructions.
– Check whether the existing bead has been applied to the side
of the windscreen as illustrated.
Application of adhesive bead
Note
At the centre of the screen (dimensions below) you must slightly offset the adhesive bead to avoid the spacer
block which is attached to the flange of the bodywork.
2. Repair notes 381

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
a - 399.5 mm
b - 25 mm
c - 45 mm
d - 25 mm
e - 9 mm
f - 6.5 mm
♦ If the adhesive bead is applied to the windscreen as in

⇒ page 381 , prepare the glass according to the following in‐
structions ⇒ page 383 .
♦ If the adhesive bead is applied to the windscreen as in
⇒ page 381 , prepare the glass according to the following in‐
structions:
Caution
Do not damage primer and ceramic coating when doing this.
– Completely remove the bead of adhesive sealant material

(PUR) from both sides of the windscreen only.
– Prepare the surface of the screen from which you have re‐
moved the bead of adhesive sealant material (PUR)
⇒ “2.5 Preparing new windows for installation”, page 384 .
– Cut back the bead of adhesive sealant material (PUR) on the
top and bottom edges of the glass but do not remove them. To
do so, proceed as follows:

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Caution
Cut back the adhesive bead shortly before mounting the win‐
dow. If an adhesive bead is not applied to the window imme‐
diately after being cut, this must be “activated ”with the glass
activator - D 181 802 M1- .

mm.
Note
The remaining material is required as a base for the new adhesive

sealing material (PUR).
Caution

– Take the arrangement of the adhesive bead as ⇒ page 381

reference point; proceed with the application of the adhesive
sealant material as per the instructions in ⇒ page 376 .
2.4.2 Preparing undamaged windows (all win‐

dows) for installation
Caution
Cut back the adhesive bead shortly before mounting the win‐
dow. If an adhesive bead is not applied to the window imme‐
diately after being cut, this must be “activated ”with the glass
activator - D 181 802 M1- .
2. Repair notes 383

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

mm.
Note

Caution

– Apply the adhesive sealing material (PUR) to the adhesive

bead just cut-back ⇒ page 376 .
2.5 Preparing new windows for installation
Caution
New panes of glass have the following characteristics:

♦ You make a reference line on the inside in order to make
the application of the adhesive sealing material (PUR)
easier.
♦ The area marked does not have a primer layer.
Proceed with preparation of a glass for installation according to

the following instructions:
– Clean a 20 mm wide strip round the edge of the glass surface
with cleaning solvent - D 009 401 04- .
– Then rub edge of window dry using a lint-free cloth.
WARNING
Ceramic coating on window is not a primer! Before applying

the adhesive sealing material (PUR), the adhesive surface
must always be primed! Only use primer (Glass/Paint) - D 009
200 02- .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Apply evenly on the glass area -1- a coat of primer (Glass/

Paint) - D 009 200 02- -4- by using an applicator - D 009 500
25- -3-.
Note
Where a glass with surrounding profile or sealing lip -2- is con‐

cerned, note that when applying the adhesive to the primer coat
a distance of around 2 mm to the aforementioned profile is to be
observed.

– Apply the PUR adhesive sealing material ⇒ page 376 .
2.6 Preparing body flange for installation

If a (new or used) window has to be installed, the adhesive bead
and adhesive sealing material (PUR) must be cut back from the
body flange. For this purpose follow these instructions:
Caution
♦ Cut back the adhesive bead shortly before mounting the

window. If an adhesive bead is not applied to the window
immediately after being cut, this must be “activated ”with
the glass activator - D 181 802 M1- .
♦ Do not allow activator to make contact with paint, danger
of damage!
♦ Apply zinc spray ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue to the sheet
2. Repair notes 385

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Shortly before re-applying the adhesive to the window, cut

back the adhesive bead stuck to the window to a height of 1
to 2 mm using the electric knife - SAT 1561A- and set of blades
- SAT 1561/20- .
Note

♦ If the bodywork flange has been reworked or partially re‐
placed, after painting, the new zone must be cleaned and
primed correspondingly.
Caution

Only for the windscreen flange
Note
To ensure the correct seating between windscreen and body

flange, you must insert distance blocks on each side.
– Place the distance block -1- in the body flange. In order to do

this, remove the bead of adhesive sealant material (PUR) from
the body on both sides; this applies to the zone defined by the
-dimension of approx. C= 80 mm -. For this purpose take the
fourth rivet -3- as reference point (measured from the top edge
of the mounting of the water drainage strip).
Note
Clean the zone defined by -dimension c- with isopropyl alcohol or

heptanol.
– Bond a new distance block into both sides. When doing so

observe that -dimension a- = 17 mm to the fourth rivet -3-
(measured from the top edge of the mounting of the water
drainage strip).
-Dimension b- = 40 mm (approximate length of the distance
block).
Note
♦ The embedded marking on both sides of the body -2- indicates

the bonding zone for the distance block.
♦ Depending upon the production status of the vehicle it is pos‐
sible that the bodywork does not have any such
markings.-2-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2.7 Touching up paint damage

Repair paint work according to specifications in ⇒ repair guide‐
lines for vehicle paint work ; if necessary, perform recommended
corrosion protection measures.
For damage to paintwork in unseen zones, proceed as follows:
– Repaint twice (wet on wet) leaving both coats to air.
2.8 Cleaning off excess adhesive

– Use of glue removal is recommended for cleaning ⇒ Elec‐
tronic parts catalogue . Observe safety precautions when
using.
WARNING
When cleaning from the inside of the vehicle, do not press the
newly-placed glass outwards.
– First clean painted surface as well as possible using a dry

cloth. Remove contamination residues with glue remover ⇒
– Cleaning plastic trims: Allow the sealant to harden (approx. 1
hour) and then remove.
2. Repair notes 387

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3 Windscreen
3.1 Exploded view - windscreen
1 - Windscreen
❑ Supplied with retaining
plate for interior rear-
view mirror
❑ Before installation,
check to ensure that re‐
taining plate is correct
for type of rear view mir‐
ror.
Note

glass: removing”,
page 392
glass: fitting”,
page 396
❑ Windscreen tolerances
⇒ page 390
2 - PUR adhesive sealant
❑ Bead cross section:
♦ Width = 7 mm
♦ Height = 11 mm (including
base sealant and the rest of
the material that may be on
the glass)
Caution
Position a new window of
the adhesive material
(PUR) at the intended
marking ⇒ page 384 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3 - Spacer cap
❑ Only for vehicles without sliding / tilt sunroof
Note

❑ Mounted on the rear side of the window
4 - Spacer block with sealing lip
❑ Only for vehicles with sliding / tilt sunroof!
Note

5 - Trim panel for sliding/tilting sunroof

❑ ⇒ “1.10 Removing and installing front trim panel for sliding sunroof”, page 191
6 - Ceramic layer
Caution
Do not damage when
dealing with the window
7 - Chassis number
9 - Guide rail
❑ With sealing lip for mounting the grille under the windscreen
10 - A-pillar water drain strip
❑ 2 off
❑ ⇒ “4.1 Exploded view - water deflector”, page 478
Cota a - ⇒ Fig. ““Dimension a”“ , page 390
Cota b - 2.5 ± 1 mm
❑ Distance between edge of windscreen and finisher on sliding/tilting sunroof.
❑ Only for vehicles with sliding / tilt sunroof!
3. Windscreen 389
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Dimension a
A - 2.5 ± 0.5 mm (only valid for vehicles without sliding/tilting sun‐
roof)
B - 2.3 ± 0.5 mm (only valid for vehicles with sliding/tilting sunroof)
C - 3.0 ± 0.5 mm
3.2 Removing and installing windscreen

1561A-
♦ Knife set - SAT 1561/20-
♦ Separator for windows -
VAS 6452- 6)

♦ Measuring tool - U 40807-
♦ Window suction pads -
VAG 1344-

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

SAT 5350-
♦ Cable holder knob - VAG
1351/1-
♦ Removal equipment - VAG
1474B-
♦ Window extraction kit -
VAG 1755-
1939A-
Materials
♦ Cutting wire ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalog
♦ Cutting cord ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalog
♦ 1 component glue ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue 7) 9)
♦ Dual component glue ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue 8) 8)
♦ Actuator for washers ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue
♦ Cleaning solution ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue
♦ Applicator ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalog
♦ Adhesive remover ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalog
♦ Primer (glass/paint) ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalog
6) Note the manufacturer's instructions in the packaging insert slip.
8) To apply this material use the window glue pistol - SAT 5360- .
3. Windscreen 391
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.2.1 Windscreen glass: removing
Caution
To avoid damaging the paintwork, protect the surfaces near

the work areas with masking tape and with the protective film
of the splitter - VAG 1474B- .

– Remove windscreen wiper arm ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr.
screen wiper arm .
– Remove the drip rail moulding from strut A ⇒ page 478 .
– Remove interior mirror ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 68 ; Interior mirror; Removing and installing interior mirror .
DANGER!
When removing a screen you must wear protective goggles

and leather gloves.
Note the manufacturer's instructions in the packaging insert
slip.
– Use wire reel - VAS 6452/1- to reel off about 7.50 metres of
cutting wire (corresponding to 7 turns) and cut off.
Only for vehicles with sliding / tilt sunroof!
Note
♦ For vehicles equipped with a sliding/tilting sunroof make sure

that the cutting thread -3- is positioned underneath the sealing
lip -4- at the top edge of the windscreen -1-. Otherwise, during
removal of the windscreen there is the risk of cutting the seal‐
ing lip.
♦ If the sealing lip is cut or damaged -4- the windscreen is to be
replaced.
– Using masking tape -2- protect the sliding /tilting sunroof trim
panel near the sealing lip -4-.
Note
To ease insertion of the cutting cord, spray the sealing lip with
soapy water.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– With help of the tool -2- of the window removal set - VAG 1755-
position the cutting thread -1- along the top edge of the wind‐
screen below the sealing lip -3-.
– Protect the surface of the bodywork near the awl exit with
masking tape -2-.
DANGER!
Risk of injury.
♦ If the reamer trip protrudes accidentally, this can cause
serious injuries.
– Pierce the adhesive bead of the adhesive sealing material

(PUR) using the awl -1- as shown in the figure from the inside
out, at the bottom corner of the windscreen.
– Lace both ends of the cutting wire -3- into the awl -1-. Pull on
the awl and guide the ends of the thread in the passenger
compartment.
Note
Take care that the ends of the thread have sufficient length in
order to reach the lower corners of the rear windscreen.
– Position the cutting thread underneath the windscreen at

shown in the figure.
Caution
The wire ends through the adhesive bead on the opening must
not be twisted.
3. Windscreen 393
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Guide the longer end of the cutting thread -1- in the integrated
roll -2- of the coil guide of the separating device for windows -
VAS 6452- .
– As shown in the figure, fix the windscreen -arrow- to the inside

of the rear window using the suction cups.
– Repeat the process with the other ends of the thread and fix
with the suction cups of the other coil guides as shown in the
figure.
Note
Use the awl -1- during the cutting process of the zone of the con‐
trol panel.
– By applying the coil guide -arrow- cut the adhesive bead in the
area of the dimension -a-.
– Using the roll of the coil guide, release the thread in a control‐
led manner and fix the coil guide -arrow- in the new positions
as displayed in the figure.
– Reposition the coil guide -arrow - as displayed in the figure.


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

– By now applying the coil guide -arrow- cut the adhesive bead
in the area of the dimension -a-.
Note
♦ In this process the cutting thread ends cross each other.

♦ With the coil guides positioned this way, cutting the adhesive
beads for windscreens can be terminated.
– With the assistance of a second mechanic, lift the windscreen
off using the suction lifters - VAG 1344- .
Note
Depending on the production condition of the vehicle remnants of

distance block can be found on the bodywork flange -arrow a- or
on the windscreen -arrow b-.
– Remove these remnants (-arrows a- and - b-) before working

on the glass or the bodywork flange.
3. Windscreen 395
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.2.2 Windscreen glass: fitting
Note
If the sealing lip is damaged during removal, it is necessary to

replace the windscreen.
♦ Prepare the undamaged glass for glazing ⇒ page 381 .

♦ Preparing the new glass for installation ⇒ page 384 .
– Prepare the bodywork flange for glazing ⇒ page 385 .
– Installation instructions ⇒ page 376 .
– Drying time ⇒ page 375
– Paintwork damage repairs ⇒ page 387
– Remove any soiling that has been caused by the adhesive
material ⇒ page 387 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
4 Rear window
⇒ “4.1 Exploded view - rear window”, page 397
⇒ “4.2 Rear window: removing and installing”, page 400
4.1 Exploded view - rear window

⇒ “4.1.1 Exploded view - rear window (2 and 4-door models)”,
page 397
⇒ “4.1.2 Exploded view - rear window (ST model)”, page 399
4.1.1 Exploded view - rear window (2 and 4-door models)
1 - Spacer cap
❑ Distributed in the scope
of the window
♦ Width = 7 mm
the glass)
Caution
3 - Rear window
❑ ⇒ “4.2.1 Non-deteriora‐
ted windscreen: remov‐
ing”, page 402
❑ ⇒ “4.2.2 Deteriorated
rear windscreen: re‐
moving”, page 404
❑ ⇒ “4.2.3 Rear wind‐
screen: fitting”,
page 404
4 - Thread
❑ From electrically con‐
ductive material.
❑ For the heating system
of the rear window.
5 - Ceramic layer
Caution
Do not damage when
6 - Rear windscreen washer motor

Cotas - Rear window dimensions
❑ ⇒ Fig. ““Dimensions of 2-door rear window”“ , page 398
4. Rear window 397

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
❑ ⇒ Fig. ““Dimensions of 4-door rear window”“ , page 398

❑ ⇒ Fig. ““Rear window dimensions of Leon ST”“ , page 399
Dimensions of 2-door rear window

A - 2.5 ± 1.0 mm
B - 3.5 ± 0.5 mm
C - 4.4 ± 1.0 mm
D - 4.2 ± 1.0 mm
E - 2.5 ± 1.0 mm
Dimensions of 4-door rear window

A - 2.5 ± 1.0 mm
B - 3.5 ± 0.5 mm
C - 4.7 ± 1.0 mm
D - 3.5 ± 1.0 mm
E - 2.5 ± 1.0 mm

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Rear window dimensions of Leon ST

A - 2.5 ± 1.0 mm
B - 3.5 ± 0.5 mm
C - 4.7 ± 1.0 mm
D - 2.1 ± 1.0 mm
E - 2.5 ± 1.0 mm
4.1.2 Exploded view - rear window (ST model)
1 - Spacer cap
❑ Distributed in the scope
of the window
♦ Width = 7 mm
the glass)
Caution
3 - Rear window
❑ ⇒ “4.2.1 Non-deteriora‐
ted windscreen: remov‐
ing”, page 402
❑ ⇒ “4.2.2 Deteriorated
rear windscreen: re‐
moving”, page 404
❑ ⇒ “4.2.3 Rear wind‐
screen: fitting”,
page 404
4 - Thread
❑ Made of electrically con‐
ductive material
❑ For the heating system
4. Rear window 399

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
of the rear window

5 - Ceramic layer
Caution
Do not damage when
6 - Rear windscreen washer motor

Cota a - 2.5 mm
Cota b - 3
Cota c - 2.5 mm
4.2 Rear window: removing and installing

1561A-
VAS 6452- 6)

VAG 1344-

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

SAT 5350-
1351/1-
1474B-
VAG 1755-
1939A-
Materials
♦ Single component adhesive ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue 11)
10) 13)
♦ Dual component glue ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue 12)

4. Rear window 401

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
4.2.1 Non-deteriorated windscreen: removing

Removing
– Disconnect the plug connections for the heatable rear window
and fix approx. in the middle of the rear window with masking
tape.
– Install tailgate trim ⇒ General body repairs; Rep. gr. 70 ; Lug‐
gage compartment trim; Removing and installing upper tail‐
gate trim .
– Remove rear window wiper arm ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr.
rear window wiper arm .
– Remove rear window wiper motor ⇒ Electrical system; Rep.
gr. 92 ; Rear window wiper system; removing and installing
the V12 rear window wiper motor .
WARNING

and leather gloves.
slip.
DANGER!
Risk of injury.
♦ If the reamer trip protrudes accidentally, this can cause
serious injuries.
– Spread an adhesive bead of the adhesive sealant (PUR) using

an awl from the inside to the outside on the edge to the top left
of the rear window -2- as shown in the figure.
compartment.
Note
Take care that the ends of the thread have to have a sufficient
length in order to reach the lower corners of the rear window and
are easy to access.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Close the tailgate temporarily and guide the cutting thread

-1- under the rear window as shown in the figure.
Caution
The wire ends through the adhesive bead on the opening must
not be twisted.
– Open rear lid.
– Guide the longer end of the cutting thread -1- in the integrated
roll -2- of the coil guide of the separating device for windows -
VAS 6452- .
– As shown in the figure, fix the coil guide -3- to the inside of the
rear window using the suction cups.
– Repeat the process with the other ends of the thread and fix
with the suction cups of the coil guide -1- as shown in the fig‐
ure.
Note
Use awl -2- during the complete removal to ease the detachment.
– On each of the coil guide, cut away the adhesive cord at the
areas specified by the dimension -a- and -b-.
– Using the roll of the coil guide, release the thread in a control‐
led manner and fix both coil guides -2- and -3- in the new
positions as displayed in the figure.
Note
With the coil guide mounted, the cutting of the sealing mass can
be finished and damage to the positioning bolts of the rear window
-arrow- can be avoided if these are fitted.
– On each of the coil guide, cut away the adhesive cord at the
areas specified by the dimension -a- and -b-, in doing so, make
sure that the positioning bolts -arrow- of the rear window are
not damaged.
– With the assistance of a second mechanic, partially remove
the rear lid and take out the rear window with the suction lifters
- VAG 1344- .
4. Rear window 403

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
4.2.2 Deteriorated rear windscreen: removing

– Protect the chassis and the interior from the glass remains.
– Unplug connectors for heated rear window.
– Protect the surface of the bodywork near the bodywork flange
with masking tape -2-.
– Eliminate the pieces of glass up to the adhesive sealant
(PUR).
– Eliminate the hermetic seal (with the glass remains) from the
window well with the electric knife - SAT 1561A- and the scra‐
per - SAT 1561/7+8- .
WARNING
4.2.3 Rear windscreen: fitting

For damaged windows only
– Prepare the undamaged glass for glazing ⇒ page 381 .
For new windows only
– Preparing the new glass for installation
⇒ “2.5 Preparing new windows for installation”, page 384 .
Continued for all windows
– Follow the installation instructions ⇒ page 376 .
– Observe the curing times ⇒ page 375 .
– If at hand, repair any paint damage ⇒ page 387 .
material (PUR) ⇒ page 387 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
5 Side window
5.1 Exploded view - side window
5.1.1 Exploded view - side window (4-door models)
1 - Side window
❑ With ceramic coating
Caution
Do not damage when
❑
2 - Surrounding profile
♦ Width = 7 mm
the glass)
Caution
4 - Fixing block
5. Side window 405

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
5.1.2 Exploded view - side window (2-door models)
1 - Side window
Caution
Do not damage when
❑
♦ Width = 7 mm
the glass)
Caution
4 - Fixing block
❑ 3 off

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
5.1.3 Exploded view - side window (ST model)
1 - Side window
Caution
Do not damage when

installing side window
(ST model)”, page 421
♦ Width = 7 mm
the glass)
Caution
4 - Fixing block
❑ 3 off
5. Side window 407

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
5.1.4 Side window, 5 door model: removal and installation

equipment required
SAT 5350-
1351/1-
1474B-
VAG 1755-
1939A-
sealant - VAS 5237-

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

equipment required
1561A-
♦ Blade 072 - SAT 1561/1-
♦ Knife 076 - SAT 1561/2-
♦ Knife 087 - SAT 1561/3-
♦ Knife 143 - SAT 1561/4-
♦ Knife 154 - SAT 1561/5-
5. Side window 409

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Blade 169 - SAT 1561/6-

♦ Scraper 113 - SAT 1561/8-
♦ Adjusting gauge - 3371-
VAG 1344-
Materials
♦ Single component adhesive 110 ML - DH 009 100 A2- , Single

component adhesive 300 ML - DH 009 100- 14) 16) 17)
♦ Dual-component glue - D 004 660 M2- 15) 16)
♦ Activator for glass - D 181 802 M1-
♦ Applicator - D 009 500 25-
♦ Cutting wire - 357 845 955-
15) To apply this material use the window sealant pistol - VAS 5237- .
17) Pre-heat the single-component adhesive according to manufacturer's instruc‐
tions with the cartridge heater - VAG 1939A- .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Undamaged side window, 5-door model: removal

– Remove upper lining column C ⇒ Bodywork interior fitting
work; Rep. gr. 70 .
Caution
The blades are marked with the manufacturer's part no. This
number is engraved on the blade.
• To remove the undamaged side window with the 5-door mod‐

el, use the electric knife - SAT 1561A- and the following knives:
• Blade 208 - SAT 1561/11-
• Blade 169 - SAT 1561/6-
DANGER!
– From the vehicle interior, cut down the adhesive/sealant

(PUR) in the area between dimensions -a- and -b-.
Note
In this process, the retaining blocks -1- should be retained.
Cut down the sealant further using the electric knife - SAT
1561A- . To do this however, now use the knife 169 - SAT 1561/6-
and the wedge - T10039/1- :
– From the outside of the vehicle and using the wedge -

T10039/1- to protect the revolving profile lip, cut down the
sealant in the range of dimension -a-.
Note
During this process, the attachment block -1- is cut down, the at‐
tachment block -2- remains intact.
5. Side window 411

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Always using the wedge - T10039/1- to protect the revolving

profile lip, cut down the sealant in the range of dimension -a-.
Note
In this process, the retaining block -2- should be retained.
– If the sealant has partially been cut down, carefully raise the
washer in the designated area -arrow- and cut down the re‐
maining sealant in the area of dimension -b-.
Note
In this process, the retaining block -1- should be retained.
– Remove washer and prepare for installation ⇒ page 381 .

Damaged side window, 5-door model: removal

♦ Protective goggles and leather gloves
– Remove upper lining column C ⇒ Bodywork interior fitting
work; Rep. gr. 70 .
Caution
• To remove the damaged side window with the 5-door model,

use the electric knife - SAT 1561A- and the following knives:
• Blade 208 - SAT 1561/11-
• Blade 169 - SAT 1561/6-
DANGER!
– Protect the chassis and the interior from the glass remains.
– Remove the pieces of glass as far as the adhesive bead.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– From the vehicle interior, cut down the adhesive/sealant

(PUR) in the area of dimension -a-.
Note
With this process, the attachment blocks -arrows- are cut off.
– From the vehicle interior, cut down the sealant in the area of
dimension -b- with the electric knife - SAT 1561A- and using
the knife 169 - SAT 1561/6- .
Install side window, 5-door model: removal
For damaged windows only
– Preparing window for installation ⇒ page 381 .
For new windows only
– Prepare new windscreen ⇒ page 384 .
Continued for all windows
– Follow the installation instructions ⇒ page 376 .
– Observe the curing times ⇒ page 375 .
– If at hand, repair any paint damage ⇒ page 387 .
material (PUR) ⇒ page 387 .
5.1.5 Side window, 3 door model: removal and installation
5. Side window 413

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

1561A-
VAS 6452- 18)

VAG 1344-

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

equipment required
SAT 5350-
1351/1-
1474B-
VAG 1755-
1939A-
sealant - VAS 5237-
Materials
♦ Dual component glue ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue 20)
Undamaged side window, 3-door model: removal

– Loosen and secure upper covers B-pillar and C-pillar ⇒ Gen‐
eral body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 .
5. Side window 415

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove side panel ⇒ General body repair, interior; Rep. gr.

70 .
DANGER!

and leather gloves.
slip.
• To remove the side window on the model 3-door, use the split‐
ter - VAG 1474B- with two steering rollers and cutting wire.
Caution
Risk of damage to paintwork.
– Protect the vicinity of the working area and the body surface
around the reamer exit point with body tape -2- and with the
protective film on the separating fixture - VAG 1474B- .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Caution
Risk of perforation of the profile surrounding the window.
– Cut through the surrounding profile -1- with the plastic wedge,
cutting from surface of body beside the reamer exit point.
DANGER!
Risk of injury.
– Prick through the bead of adhesive sealant (PUR) with a bra‐

dawl -3- from the inside to the outside at the top left-hand
corner of the glass exactly above the attachment block
-arrow a-.
– Pierce the adhesive bead once again using another awl -3-
from the inside to the outside at the bottom left-hand corner of
the window exactly below the securing block -Arrow b-.
compartment.
5. Side window 417

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
♦ Note that the ends of the thread need to be sufficiently long to reach the top right edge of the window.
♦ To ease insertion of the cutting cord, spray the window's surrounding profile with soapy water.
– Using the fixture -4- on the window removal kit - VAG 1755- ,
position the cutting thread -5- under the surrounding profile of
the window.
– As shown on the figure, secure the reeling fixture of the win‐
dow removal kit - VAG 1755- by attaching suckers to the inside
surface of the window.
– Guide both ends of the cutting thread -1- into the rollers -2- on
the reeling fixture of the cutting fixture for windows - VAS
6452- .
Note
♦ During the cutting process, use the reamer whenever the cut‐
ting thread is near to the edges of the body panel.
♦ In this process, the retaining blocks -arrows- should be re‐
tained.
– With the aid of the reel device of the window splitter - VAS
6452- , cut off the adhesive bead in the zones defined by di‐
mensions -a- and -b-.
– Release the thread in a controlled manner using the rollers on

the reeling fixture, then move the reeling fixture into its new
position as shown in this Fig.
Note
♦ In this process, the retaining block -Arrow- should be retained.
– With the aid of the reel device, cut off the adhesive bead at the
zones defined by dimensions -a- and -b-.
the reeling fixture and remove the reeling fixture from the win‐
dow.
– With the wire unrolling device - VAS 6452/1- , unroll approx.
1.50 m of cutting wire (this equates to one complete turn of the
wire unrolling device) and cut to length.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Protect the body surface area near the exit point of the reamer
-2- with body tape.
Caution
– Feed the bradawl -2-, from the inside to the outside, via the
cut set in the adhesive, in the top left corner of the window,
just below the attachment block -arrow a-.
– Push another awl -2- through the cut-off adhesive bead from
the inside to the outside at the left-hand bottom corner of the
window - exactly above the securing block -arrow b-.
– Guide the two ends of the cutting thread through the aperture
in reamer -2-. Pull on the awl and guide the ends of the thread
in the passenger compartment.
Note
♦ Note that the ends of the thread need to be sufficiently long to

reach the top right edge of the window.
♦ To ease insertion of the cutting cord, spray the window's sur‐
rounding profile with soapy water.
the window.
– Guide both ends of cutting thread -2- into the rollers of the
reeling fixture on the separating fixture for windows - VAS
6452- .
Note
♦ In this process, the retaining blocks -arrows- should be re‐
tained.
dow.
5. Side window 419

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Move the suction lifter - VAG 1344- onto the outside face of
the window and hold the window pressed down against the
body flange. Press the tab onto the attachment blocks -b- and
-c-, in order to loosen the window from the body.
Note
The retaining block -a- is not secured to the body; it is only there
for positioning purposes.
– Remove windscreen with the suction filters - VAG 1344- .

Damaged side window, 3-door model: removal

– Loosen and secure upper covers B-pillar and C-pillar ⇒ Gen‐
eral body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 .
– Remove side panel ⇒ General body repair, interior; Rep. gr.
70 .
Caution
• To remove a damaged side window on the 3-door model, use

the electric knife - SAT 1561A- and the set of blades - SAT
1561/20-
DANGER!
WARNING
When cutting the adhesive material (PUR) with glass residues

attached, take care not to damage the body.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Protect the chassis and the interior from the glass remains
-1-.
– Using the electric knife - SAT 1561A- and the set of blades -
SAT 1561/20- cut off the adhesive bead stuck to the body
flange.
Install side window, 3-door model: removal
Note
5.1.6 Removing and installing side window (ST model)

1561A-
♦ Removal kit for flush bon‐
ded windows - VAS 6452-
22)

VAG 1344-
5. Side window 421

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

equipment required
SAT 5350-
1351/1-
1474B-
VAG 1755-
1939A-
sealant - VAS 5237-
Materials
♦ Two-component adhesive ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue 24)

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Undamaged side window, ST model: removal

70 ; Luggage compartment trim; Assembly overview - luggage
compartment side trim .
– Rosen and secure upper B-pillar cover ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Interior covers; B-pillar cover:
remove and install .
– Rosen and secure upper C-pillar cover ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Interior covers; C-pillar cover:
DANGER!

and leather gloves.
slip.
• To remove the side window on the model ST, use the splitter
- VAG 1474B- with two rollers of the reel device and the cutting
cord.
Caution
Risk of damage to paintwork.
– Protect the vicinity of the working area and the body surface
around the reamer exit point with body tape -2- and with the
protective film on the separating fixture - VAG 1474B- .
5. Side window 423

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Caution
DANGER!
Risk of injury.
– Pierce through the bead of adhesive sealant (PUR) with an

awl -3- from the inside to the outside at the top left-hand corner
of the window below the attachment block -arrow a-.
– Pierce the adhesive bead once again using another awl -3-
from the inside to the outside at the bottom left-hand corner of
the window exactly below the securing block -Arrow b-.
compartment.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
♦ Note that the ends of the thread need to be sufficiently long to reach the top right edge of the window.
the window.
– Guide both ends of the cutting thread -1- into the rollers -2- on
the reeling fixture of the cutting fixture for windows - VAS
6452- .
Note
♦ Of the two securing blocks -arrows- you should only retain the
bottom one. The top block is cut by the cutting cord.
– With the aid of the reel device of the window splitter - VAS
6452- , cut off the adhesive bead in the zones defined by di‐
mensions -a- and -b-.

the reeling fixture, then move the reeling fixture into its new
position as shown in this Fig.
Note
♦ In this process, the retaining block -Arrow- should be retained.
– With the aid of the reel device, cut off the adhesive bead at the
zones defined by dimensions -a- and -b-.
dow.
– With the wire unrolling device - VAS 6452/1- , unroll approx.
1.50 m of cutting wire (this equates to one complete turn of the
wire unrolling device) and cut to length.
– Protect the body surface area near the exit point of the reamer
-2- with body tape.
5. Side window 425

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Caution
– With the aid of the cut already made in the adhesive bead,
push the awl -2- through from the inside to the outside at the
top left-hand corner of the window -arrow a-, exactly above the
securing block previously cut with the cutting cord.
– Push another awl -2- through the cut-off adhesive bead from
the inside to the outside at the left-hand bottom corner of the
window - exactly above the securing block -arrow b-.
– Guide the two ends of the cutting thread through the aperture
in reamer -2-. Pull on the awl and guide the ends of the thread
in the passenger compartment.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
♦ Care is to be taken to ensure that the ends of the cord are long enough to reach the top corners of the
window.
the window.
– Guide both ends of cutting thread -2- into the rollers of the
reeling fixture on the separating fixture for windows - VAS
6452- .
Note
♦ Of the two securing blocks -arrows- you should only retain the
bottom one. The top block was cut in the preceding operation.
dow.
– Move the suction lifter - VAG 1344- onto the outside face of
the window and hold the window pressed down against the
body flange. Push from the inside of the vehicle against the
retaining tab of the securing block -b-.
Note
♦ The retaining block -a- is not secured to the body; it is only

there for positioning purposes.
♦ The securing block -c- is not accessible and was cut in the
preceding operation.
Caution
Risk of damage to paintwork
– Remove the window from the body with the aid of the suction
lifter - VAG 1344- .
Damaged side window, model ST: removal

5. Side window 427

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

70 ; Luggage compartment trim; Assembly overview - luggage
compartment side trim .
– Rosen and secure upper B-pillar cover ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Interior covers; B-pillar cover:
– Rosen and secure upper C-pillar cover ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Interior covers; C-pillar cover:
Caution
• To remove a damaged side window on the model ST, use the

electric knife - SAT 1561A- and the set of blades - SAT
1561/20-
DANGER!
WARNING
When cutting the adhesive material (PUR) with glass residues

attached, take care not to damage the body.
– Protect the chassis and the interior from the glass remains
-1-.
– Using the electric knife - SAT 1561A- and the set of blades -
SAT 1561/20- cut off the adhesive bead stuck to the body
flange.
Side window, model ST: installation
Note

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
6 Door windows
⇒ “6.1 Exploded view - front door window”, page 429
⇒ “6.4.1 Synchronisation and storage of window course”,
page 434
⇒ “6.4.2 Automatic raising and lowering: commissioning”,
page 435
6.1 Exploded view - front door window

stalling front door win‐
dow”, page 430
2 - Nut
❑ 4 off
❑ 6± 0.5 Nm
3 - Sealing plug
❑ 5 off
4 - Driver door control unit
❑ Driver door control unit -
J386-
5 - Bolt.
❑ 3 off
❑ 3± 0.5 Nm
6 - Front door
❑ ⇒ “2.6 Adjusting door”,
page 83
er”, page 96
❑ ⇒ “3.5 Removing and installing window regulator”, page 93
❑ ⇒ “3.4 Removing and installing window regulator motor”, page 93
❑ Window riser motor control unit ⇒ Item 4 (page 90) is not included in the window riser motor.
6. Door windows 429

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
6.2 Assembly Overview - rear door window
1 - Window guide bracket

2 - Rear door glass
dow”, page 435
3 - Nut
❑ 2 off
❑ 6 Nm
❑ With controller mounted
in the motor
tor motor”, page 139
5 - Bolt.
❑ 3 off
❑ 3.5± 0.5 Nm
6 - Manual actuating mecha‐
nism
❑ Only for mechanical
window riser
installing the manual
drive”, page 153
tor”, page 139
8 - Bolt.
❑ 2 off
❑ 3.5 Nm
9 - Window mounts
❑ 2 off
Comprising:
♦ Expanding grommet
♦ Expanding bolts
10 - Sealing plug
❑ 4 off
6.3 Removing and installing front door win‐

dow

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

Removing
Note


– Remove the interior protection cover (front door) ⇒ page 96 .
– Align the window so that the retaining clips -arrows- of the
window clamping jaws are viewed.
dow riser switch.
6. Door windows 431

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Use screwdriver or similar tool to press actuator -3- outwards

through opening in window guide -1- and hole in door window
-2- in order to release actuator.
– Pull the door window upwards out of actuator.
– Raise the rear section of the window -1- and to remove it from
the guides -2- turn them forward in the direction of the
-arrow- .
– Remove washer.
fitting
Note

– Insert window -1- in -arrow direction- into the tracks -2- . Make
sure that the window is properly inserted in the window guide.
– Mount the retaining clips of the clamping jaws of the window
at half distance.
dow riser switch.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Make sure that the window is located correctly in its mount in

the door.
– Press the window against the upper edge of the door frame
-arrows-.
– Pull the window to the clamping pieces and fit it on the door
frame -arrows-.
6. Door windows 433

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Press on the window with force -arrows- in order to ensure that

it makes full contact with the door frame. Actuators then en‐
gage in door window.
– Make sure that the window can be opened and closed properly
and easily.
Further installation is carried out in reverse order from removal,
remembering the following:
Caution

6.4 Adjusting front door window
6.4.1 Synchronisation and storage of window

course
WARNING
In the process of removal and fitting of the door glass, both

front and back, the movement should be adapted and stored
in the memory.
Note
To synchronise and store the window course, it is necessary for

the automatic opening and closing functions for the window to
operate properly ⇒ page 435 .
– Move the window upwards last until it stops using the up / down
switch.
– As soon as the window is in the uppermost position, actuate
up switch again for 5 seconds.
– Then move the window downwards until it stops using the
switch.
– As soon as the window is in the bottommost position, actuate
down switch again for 5 seconds.
– Check the mode of operation of the automatic raising or low‐
ering operation of the window.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
6.4.2 Automatic raising and lowering: com‐

missioning
Note
After disconnecting and connecting the battery, the mechanic de‐

activates the automatic raising and lowering of the windows.
To renew the activation of this function after the battery is con‐

nected, the following procedure is carried out:
– Close the vehicle from the outside via the drivers door. Make
sure that all doors and windows are closed completely.
– Unlock the vehicle and re-lock via the driver's door and, at the
same time, leave the key in the lock position for at least one
second.
The automatic raising/lowing of the windows is re-activated in this
manner.
Errors in the electrical mechanism are shown by the flashing
warning lights of all doors.
After the ignition is turned on, all warning lights of door trims flash
for 15 seconds.
6.5 Removing and installing rear door win‐

dow
Wedge - 3409-
Note

Removing
6. Door windows 435

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove the trim -1- using the lever - 3409- .
Note
The bolts -2- of the left door are unscrewed to the right and with
the right door, to the left.

– Install the exterior window shaft seal ⇒ page 150 .
– Using the lever - 3409- remove the bushing -2-.

– Insert the plug connector of the window lifter switch.
– Move the door window until you can access the bolts and
spreader grommets -1- of the window clamps.
– Switch off the ignition and clip out and remove the connector
of the window riser switch.
– Apply lubricant to bolts and expansion anchors -1-.
– Screw in a 5 mm screw (about 70 mm long) into the expanding

bolt two by maximum -2- rotations.
– Using a suitable tool, remove the screw in the direction of the
-arrow- and pull the expanding bolt -2- out of the expansion
anchor by moving back and forth -3-.
Note
Keep one hand on the back of the window to prevent the expan‐
sion anchor -3- from falling into the door frame.
– Use a punch -4- ∅ 12 and a nylon hammer to remove the ex‐

pansion anchor -3-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Pull door window -1- upwards at an angle -arrows- to vehicle

exterior out of window slot.
fitting
Note
♦ When carrying out the installation on the door window, the ex‐
panding grommets and expanding bolts must be replaced. ⇒
♦ Before inserting the expanding grommet -1- and the expand‐
ing bolt -2-, make sure that the window -3- is not damaged.
– When the window is removed -3- position the expanding grom‐

mets -1- and centre in the middle.
• The distance between the ends of the expanding grommets
-1- and the side window must be the same -3-.
– Engage the expanding bolts -2- flush with the expanding grom‐
mets -1-.
– Insert window -2- in -arrow direction- into the tracks -1- .

• Make sure that the window is located correctly in its mount in
the door.
6. Door windows 437

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Press the window against the upper edge of the door frame
-arrows-.
– Pull the window to the clamping pieces and fit it on the door
frame -arrows-.
– Press firmly on the window and make sure the clamping pieces
are reached and there is complete contact with the door frame
-arrows-.
Caution

6.6 Adjusting rear door window
6.6.1 Synchronisation and storage of window

course
WARNING
In the process of removal and fitting of the door glass, both

front and back, the movement should be adapted and stored
in the memory.
Note
To synchronise and store the window course, it is necessary for

the automatic opening and closing functions for the window to
operate properly ⇒ page 439 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Move the window upwards last until it stops using the up / down
switch.
– As soon as the window is in the uppermost position, actuate
up switch again for 5 seconds.
– Then move the window downwards until it stops using the
switch.
– As soon as the window is in the bottommost position, actuate
down switch again for 5 seconds.
– Check the mode of operation of the automatic raising or low‐
ering operation of the window.
6.6.2 Automatic raising and lowering: com‐

missioning
Note
After disconnecting and connecting the battery, the mechanic de‐

activates the automatic raising and lowering of the windows.
To renew the activation of this function after the battery is con‐

nected, the following procedure is carried out:
– Close the vehicle from the outside via the drivers door. Make
sure that all doors and windows are closed completely.
– Unlock the vehicle and re-lock via the driver's door and, at the
same time, leave the key in the lock position for at least one
second.
The automatic raising/lowing of the windows is re-activated in this
manner.
Errors in the electrical mechanism are shown by the flashing
warning lights of all doors.
After the ignition is turned on, all warning lights of door trims flash
for 15 seconds.
6. Door windows 439

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
66 – Exterior equipment
1 Exterior equipment, main components
1 - Roof railing
❑ Only for model ST
❑ ⇒ “7 Roof strips / roof
rails”, page 523
2 - Spoiler
❑ ⇒ “3 Spoiler”,
page 446
wheel housing liner
(rear)”, page 534
4 - Outer rear view mirrors
❑ ⇒ “8 Exterior mirror”,
page 527
wheel housing liner
(front)”, page 533
6 - Strips and emblems
❑ ⇒ “10 Model badges and
brand emblems”,
page 541
440 Rep. gr.66 - Exterior equipment

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
2 Radiator grille/front trim panel

⇒ “2.1 Removing and installing radiator grille”, page 441
⇒ “2.2.1 Removing and installing front trim”, page 443
2.1 Removing and installing radiator grille

⇒ “2.1.1 Removing and installing radiator grille”, page 441
⇒ “2.1.2 Removing and installing radiator grille (Leon 2017 ver‐
sion)”, page 442
2.1.1 Removing and installing radiator grille

Removing
Caution
When removing the upper grille from the bumper trim panel,
there is no need to remove the following items:

– Undo the screws -1- and -3- from both sides.
– With the help of the lever - 3409- cut away clips -2- and -4-.
– With the help of the lever - 3409- , cut away the central clip
-Arrow-.
– Remove the top grille -6- from the bumper trim panel -5-.
2. Radiator grille/front trim panel 441

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
Note
Do not use hitting tools for installing the plastic parts (rubber,
plastic hammer or similar).
2.1.2 Removing and installing radiator grille

(Leon 2017 version)

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note

Removing
– Loosen hose for headlight washer system -3- from the top
grille -1-.
– Remove the screws -2- from both sides.
– Use removal wedge - 3409- on both sides to loosen clips -4-.
– Release the clips -arrows- using removal wedge - 3409- .
– Remove the upper grill -1- in the bumper trim.
fitting
Note
Do not use hitting tools for installing the plastic parts (rubber,
plastic hammer or similar).
2.2 Removing and installing front trim
2.2.1 Removing and installing front trim


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Remove screws -3- and with the help of the lever - 3409- cut
away the top retaining clips -Arrows-. Remove the wind de‐
flector -2- from the top grille -1-.
– With the help of the lever - 3409- , cut away the retaining clips
-2- and remove the decorative frame from the top grille -1-.
fitting
– Install in reverse order.
2.2.2 Front trim - CUPRA 2017 version - re‐

moving and installing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Lever - 3409-
Removing
– Loosen the retaining clips -2- in the positions labelled by the
-arrows- with the lever - 3409- and remove the front trim -1-.
Installation
Install in the reverse order to removal.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3 Spoiler
3.1 Exploded view - spoiler
1 - Rail
2 - Spoiler mounting
❑ Renewing ⇒ page 465
3 - Spoiler trim
⇒ page 453
4 - Light tube for the rear win‐
dow wiper fluid
5 - Spray jet
❑ Remove and install ⇒
Electrical system; Rep.
gr. 92 ; rear window wip‐
er: remove and install
washer jet
6 - High mounted brake light
❑ Remove and install ⇒
Electrical system; Rep.
gr. 94 ; High position
brake light; Installing
and removing high posi‐
tion brake lights .
7 - Electrical interconnection
8 - Clips
❑ 2 off
9 - Protective side strips
⇒ page 446
3.2 Lateral protection moulding: replace‐

ment

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Pull handle - VAG 1351/1- (x2)
♦ Dual component window sealant - VAS 5237-
Removing
Note
The side trim cannot be removed without damage.
3. Spoiler 447
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Open the rear lid halfway and hold in this position.

– Insert the cutting cord into the protective side strip -1-from be‐
low as illustrated and cut through the double-sided adhesive
tape -2- and the adhesive sealant (PUR) -3-.
– Remove the protective side strip -1-.
fitting
Note
♦ Use only the adhesive remover - D 002 000 A2- .

♦ Ensure that bonding surfaces are free of dust and grease.
♦ The side trim must be bonded in place immediately after being
cleaned.
♦ Remove protective film just before the installation. Working
temperature approx. 21 ºC
• Rear window is installed.

• The rear lid must be adjusted.
• Roof spoiler is installed

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Clean bonding surface thoroughly with adhesive remover - D

002 000 A2- immediately prior to bonding.
– Position the protective side strip ready for installation and mark
its outline -1- with a pen.
– Using a pen, mark the areas where the primer is to be applied,
as shown in the illustration.
Dimensions of Leon 3 door
Dimensions of Leon 5 door
3. Spoiler 449
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Dimensions of Leon ST

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Then rub edge of window dry using a lint-free cloth.
3. Spoiler 451
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Apply the primer - D 177 500 A2- with the applicator -5- evenly
and with one stroke to the rear window, as shown in the illus‐
tration.
– Apply the primer primer (glass/paint) - D 009 200 02- with the
applicator -1- to the rear window and the protective side strip
as shown in the illustration.
– Use the gun - VAS 5237- to apply a spot of two component
adhesive - D 004 660 M2- to the specified zone.
– Remove the protective films -3- from the adhesive tapes -4-.
– Position the profile -arrow B- of the protective side strip -1-
flush to the perimeter of the window -arrow A-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Push with the hand against the complete surface of the pro‐
tective side strip.
– Visually inspect the secure attachment, the flush joints and the
correct panel gap of the protective side strips.
– Remove the protective film from the protective side strip.
3.3 Removing and installing spoiler

♦ Wedge - T10039/1-
3. Spoiler 453
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Pull handle - VAG 1351/1- (x2)
♦ Dual component window sealant - VAS 5237-
Removing
– Remove the protective side strips ⇒ page 446 .
– Remove additional brake light ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr.
94 ; High position brake light; Installing and removing high po‐
sition brake lights .
– Protect the upper sector of the rear lid with masking tape-1-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Apply the measuring tape -1- and mark the following places
with a pencil:
3. Spoiler 455
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Spacings Leon three-door Leon five-door

A 4 cm 5 cm
B 24 cm 24 cm
C 49 cm 48 cm
The guide 74 cm 74 cm
E 94 cm 93 cm
– Insert the cutting cord into the top section of the rear lid as
shown in the illustration and cut the adhesive sealant (PUR)
in -the direction of the arrow-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
In order not to damage the lower part of the spoiler it is necessary when cutting the adhesive sealant (PUR)
that the cutting cord is parallel to the surface of the rear window -arrow A-.
– Carry out the same procedure on both sides.

– Insert the wedge - T10039/1- between the spoiler and rear lid
from above and completely loosen the double sided adhesive
tape -1-.
3. Spoiler 457
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Loosen the retaining clips with the lever - U 30800- at the pre‐
viously marked positions. -1-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

fitting
Preparation of the rear lid for mounting the spoiler
– Remove possible residual adhesive on the rear lid with the tool
- VAS 6349- .
– Clean the area of the rear lid where the spoiler is to be affixed
with isopropyl alcohol or heptanol.
– Subsequently treat the spoiler mounting zone with silicone
cleaner.
– Shortly before bonding the spoiler, cut the bead of adhesive
sealant (PUR) bonded to the rear lid back to a height of just 1
mm.
Note

3. Spoiler 459
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Prepare the spoiler for installation.

– Remove from the spoiler -1- all residual adhesive -2- and -3-.
– Clean the bonding zone with isopropyl alcohol or heptanol.

– Subsequently use silicone cleaner on the affected area.
– Apply to the zone -2- an even coating of primer (window/paint)
- D 009 200 02- ; use the applicator - D 009 500 25- -4-.
– Apply to the zone -3- an even coating of primer - D .
181.650.A1- ; use the applicator - D 009 500 25- -5-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Apply the new double-sided adhesive tape -2- ⇒ Electronic

parts catalogue to the surface of the spoiler.
– Use the gun - VAS 5237- to apply a spot of two component
adhesive - D 004 660 M2- to the designated zone -3-.
– Mount the spoiler in its retainers; you will hear it latch into
place.
– Flush adjustment at the panel gaps:
Leon three-door
3. Spoiler 461
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Leon five-door

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Push against the centre section with the pressure tool -

T20098- and against the sides of the bonding zones to ensure
correct bonding.
– Cut several lengths of adhesive tape and affix them as shown
in the illustration.
3. Spoiler 463
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Install additional brake light ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 94 ;

High position brake light; Installing and removing high position
brake lights .
– Install the protective side strip ⇒ page 446 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3.4 Renew the spoiler mounting

equipment required
1561A-
1351/1-
♦ Knife 181 - VAS 1561/18-
Removing
Note
The spoiler mounting cannot be removed without damaging it.
3. Spoiler 465
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove the spoiler ⇒ page 453

– Protect the upper sector of the rear lid with masking tape-1-.
– With the Electric knife - SAT 1561A- and with knife 181 - VAS
1561/18- cut the adhesive sealant PUR -in section A- and
-section B- in -the direction of the arrow-. Work carefully to
avoid damaging the rear lid.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Insert it on the inner side of the wiring leadthroughs -1-.
3. Spoiler 467
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

– Remove upper tailgate trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
– Free the guide -2- in -the direction of the arrow-.
– Detach bracket -3-.
– Remove the guide -2-.
fitting
Preparation of the rear lid panel for mounting the spoiler
– Remove possible residual adhesive on the rear lid with the tool
- VAS 6349- .
cleaner.
– Shortly before bonding the spoiler, cut the beads of adhesive
sealant (PUR) bonded to the rear lid back to a height of just 1
mm.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
The remaining material is required as a base for the new adhesive sealing material (PUR).
– Apply the glass activator - D 181 802 M1- with the applicator
-1- evenly and at a stroke to the previously cut-back old bead
of adhesive, as shown in the illustration.
Note
Should the rear window be new, apply primer (glass/paint) - D 009 200 02- with the applicator -1- to the rear
window as shown in the illustration.
WARNING
Apply zinc spray ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue to the sheet

3. Spoiler 469
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Prepare the spoiler for installation.

– Remove from the spoiler -1- all residual adhesive -2- and -3-.
cleaner.
– Apply to zone -2- an even coat of primer (screen/lacquer) - D
009 200 02- with the Applicator - D 009 500 25- .
– Apply to the zone -3- an even coating of Primer - D .
181.650.A1- ; use the applicator - D 009 500 25- .
– Affix new double sided tape - D .438.515.A3- -2- onto the
spoiler surface.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
3. Spoiler 471
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Mount the interconnection -1- and the rear window wiper jet
-2- to the spoiler mounting.
– Secure the new mounting -3- to the spoiler trim -4-; you will
hear it latch into place.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Insert the guide -1- into the spoiler mounting and push it in
-the direction of the arrow- into the first position.
3. Spoiler 473
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Use the gun - VAS 5237- to apply a bead of two component

adhesive - D 004 660 M2- to the designated zones -1- and
-2-.
– Locate the spoiler on the body and connect the interconnec‐
tion of the third brake light and water pipe for the rear window
wiper.
– Locate the spoiler in its final position; this position is dictated
when the third brake light is clipped into the panel.
– Remove the protective films -4- from the adhesive tapes -3-.
– Mechanically secure the spoiler in the cavity of the third brake
light by moving the inner guide.
– Flush adjustment at the panel gaps:
Leon five-door

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Leon three-door
3. Spoiler 475
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Push against the centre section with the pressure tool -

T20098- and against the sides of the bonding zones to ensure
correct bonding.
– Cut several lengths of adhesive tape and affix them as shown
in the illustration.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Install upper tailgate trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior;

– Install additional brake light ⇒ Electrical system; Rep. gr. 94 ;
High position brake light; Installing and removing high position
brake lights .
– Install the protective side strip ⇒ page 446 .
3. Spoiler 477
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
4 Mouldings / trims / extensions
4.1 Exploded view - water deflector
Note
The sequences below describe the processes for removal and installation for the right side of the vehicle. The
corresponding sequences for the left side are similar with the exception that, where applicable, the scope of
the process is written by yourself.
1 - Blind rivet
❑ 5 off
❑ Material: Aluminium
2 - Guide profile
❑ Removing:
– Using a drill and a drill bit
with the same diameter
as the rivet body, coun‐
tersink the head.
– Press out the rivet head

using the driver.
❑ Fitting
Fit in reverse order from re‐
moval, remembering the fol‐
lowing:
Caution
Protect
♦ the surrounding
painted components ac‐
cordingly.
Apply
♦ zinc spray around
the boreholes of the con‐
nection between the car‐
rier parts ⇒ Electronic
parts catalogue .
3 - Water drain strip

Removing
DANGER!
Wear leather gloves in all
cases.
– Starting in the lower area, clip out the strip of the guide valve manually.
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
The lip of the water drain strip must

rest on the windscreen
-arrow, detail left side -
– Starting at the top to the bottom until the projection corresponds -arrow, detail right side -.
4 - Windscreen
4.2 Exploded view - side member trim
1 - Bolt.
❑ 10 off
❑ 1.5 Nm
2 - Clips
❑ 5 off
3 - Support plate
❑ 5 off
❑ Secured to underbody
with spreader clip.
4 - Retaining strip
❑ ⇒ page 480
5 - Double-sided adhesive
tape
6 - Double-sided adhesive
tape
7 - Bolt.
❑ 5 off
❑ 2.2 Nm
8 - Side member extension
installing side member
trim, X-PERIENCE ver‐
sion”, page 480
9 - Bolt.
❑ 2.2 Nm
10 - Bolt.
❑ 5 off
❑ 2.2 Nm
11 - Bolt.
❑ 2.2 Nm
12 - Double-sided adhesive tape
4. Mouldings / trims / extensions 479

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
4.3 Exploded view - heat shield
1 - Heat shield for fuel tank

2 - Heat shield for the floor of
the luggage compartment
Removing
– Take off the nuts

and remove the heat
shield making sure that
it does not deform in the
process.
3 - Heat shield for the floor of
the luggage compartment
❑ ⇒ “4.6 Remove and in‐
stall heat shield for lug‐
gage compartment
floor”, page 491
4 - Heat shield for the under‐
floor, rear
❑ ⇒ “4.7 Remove and in‐
stall heat shield for rear
underbody”, page 492
5 - Nut
❑ Embossed steel plate
❑ 4 off
6 - Retaining clip
❑ Integrated in the guard
plate
❑ 6 off
❑ Always replace.
7 - Retaining clip
❑ Integrated in the guard
plate
❑ 4 off
❑ Always replace.
8 - Heat shield for propshaft
❑ ⇒ “4.9 Removing and installing heat shield for propshaft”, page 497
9 - Heat shield for the centre tunnel
❑ ⇒ “4.8 Removing and installing heat shield for centre tunnel”, page 494
4.4 Removing and installing sill panel trim
4.4.1 Removing and installing side member

trim, X-PERIENCE version

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Heat up the side member extension in the bonding surface

area -1- before removal with a hot air blower - VAG 1416- .
– Carefully attach the lever - 3409- between side member and
side member extension.
– Pull the side member extension from the tabs of the retaining
strip in the lower and upper part.
– Take the side member extension away upwards from the re‐
taining strip.
fitting
Preparing side member
– Remove possible adhesive residues on the side member with
the tool - VAS 6349- .
– Clean the area of the side member where the side member
extension is to be affixed with isopropyl alcohol or heptanol.
– Subsequently treat the side member mounting zone with sili‐
cone cleaner.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Preparing side member extension for installation

– Remove adhesive residues present -1- on the side member
extension -3-.
– Clean the area of the side member extension tailgate where
the doubled-sided adhesive tape is to be applied with isopropyl
alcohol or heptanol.
– Then treat the area where the doubled-sided adhesive tape
should be applied using silicone cleaner.
– Apply to the zone -1- an even coating of Primer - D .
181.650.A1- ; use the applicator - D 009 500 25- .
– Stick the new double-sided adhesive tape -4- to the surface of
the side member extension.
Fitting notes
Observe the fitting instructions ⇒ page 483 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Attach side member extension -4- to retaining strip -1-.

– Align side member extension -4- in longitudinal direction of
vehicle.
– Insert bolt -5-.
– Align side member extension -4- with vehicle.
– Screw bolts -2- and -3- in the lower part of the bracket.
– Check position of side member extension -4-.
– Pull protective foils -6- of double-sided adhesive tape on side
member extension -4- off upwards and backwards.
– Press on side member extension -4- forcefully and evenly in
bonding area.
– Tighten the bolt -5-.
Tightening torque
4.4.2 Removing and installing retaining strip,

X-PERIENCE version

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Cordless power driver

Removing
– Removing side member extension ⇒ page 480 .
– Slacken off bolts -3-.
– Loosen bolts -1-, but they do not need to be unscrewed.
– Push out the retaining strip -2- backwards to the limit stop
-arrow A- and take out in -the direction of the arrow B-.
fitting
– Screw in self-tapping screws -2- using cordless screwdriver at
maximum speed, until the screws bite.
– Remove cordless drill/driver immediately.
– Tighten bolts -2- to least possible torque.
– Attach the retaining clip -1- evenly -arrow A- with the openings
above all securing bolts -2-, until the retaining strip lies against
the side member.
– To ensure that all securing bolts remain in the openings when
sliding on, fit retaining strip with aid of a second mechanic.
– Push retaining strip -1- back to the limit stop -arrow B-.
– Installing side member extension ⇒ page 480 .
Tightening torque
♦ ⇒ “4.2 Exploded view - side member trim”, page 479

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
4.5 Removing and installing wheel arch

trims
4.5.1 Removing and installing front wheel

arch trims
♦ Cable holder knob - VAG 1351/1-

Press tool - T20098-
Fitting notes
♦ The bonded trim cannot be removed without damage.
♦ Remove any adhesive residues of the adhesive tape with ad‐
hesive strip remover - VAS 6349- .
♦ When installing or removing a trim, only the adhesive remover
- D 002 000 A2- will be used for removing adhesive residues.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Ensure that the adhesive surfaces are free of dust and grease.
♦ The trim must be bonded in place immediately following clean‐
ing.
♦ Remove protective film just before the installation.
♦ The application temperature is 21º C
Removing
Note
♦ The front wheel arch trim cannot be removed without being

damaged.
♦ Removal and installation sequence is only for the left side.
Follow same instructions for the right side as appropriate.
– Tape over all adjacent painted surfaces.

– Insert the cutting cord into the end of the top wheel cover -1-
as shown in the illustration and cut the adhesive sealant in

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
-the direction of the arrow-. Ensure that, in the process, the

parts are not damaged.
– Remove the front wheel cover -1- in
-the direction of the arrow A-.
fitting
Preparing the wing for installation of the front wheel cover
– Remove possible adhesive residues on the wing with the tool
- VAS 6349- .
– Clean the area of the wing in the front wheel cover where the
new label cover is to be applied with isopropanol or heptanes
alcohol.
– Subsequently treat the front wheel cover mounting zone with
silicone cleaner.
– Place the front wheel cover -1- on the wing.
– Remove the protective foils -4- from the adhesive tapes.
– Press the adhesive tape areas with a roller.
– Attach the securing bolt and tighten.
Note
The minimum hardening time for the adhesive is 20 minutes.
4.5.2 Removing and installing rear wheel arch

trims

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Cable holder knob - VAG 1351/1-

Press tool - T20098-
Fitting notes
♦ The bonded trim cannot be removed without damage.
♦ Remove any adhesive residues of the adhesive tape with ad‐
hesive strip remover - VAS 6349- .
♦ When installing or removing a trim, only the adhesive remover
- D 002 000 A2- will be used for removing adhesive residues.
♦ Ensure that the adhesive surfaces are free of dust and grease.
♦ The trim must be bonded in place immediately following clean‐
ing.
♦ The application temperature is 21º C
Removing
Note
♦ The rear wheel arch trim cannot be removed without being

damaged.
♦ Removal and installation sequence is only for the left side.
Follow same instructions for the right side as appropriate.
– Tape over all adjacent painted surfaces.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Insert the cutting cord into the end of the rear wheel cover
-1- as shown in the illustration and cut the adhesive sealant in
-the direction of the arrow-. Ensure that, in the process, the
parts are not damaged.
– Remove the rear wheel cover -1-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
Preparing the wing for installation of the rear wheel cover
– Remove possible residual adhesive on the side panel with the
tool - VAS 6349- .
– Clean the area of the side panel where the rear wheel cover
is to be applied with isopropanol or heptanes alcohol.
– Subsequently treat the rear wheel cover mounting zone with
silicone cleaner.
– Place the rear wheel cover -1- on the side panel.
– Remove the protective foils -2- from the adhesive tapes.
– Press the adhesive tape areas with a roller.
Note
The minimum hardening time for the adhesive is 20 minutes.
4.6 Remove and install heat shield for lug‐

gage compartment floor

Removing
DANGER!
Note
The amount and the arrangement of the suspension of the rear silencer may vary depending on the vehicles
engine.
– Unscrew bolts -1- for rear muffler suspension.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove the fixing rings -2-.

– Lower the rear silencer enough so that the heat shield -3- can
be removed in the -direction of the arrow-.
fitting
Note
Renew the fixing rings.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ; Exhaust pipes/silencers; Assembly overview
– silencers
4.7 Remove and install heat shield for rear

underbody

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

Removing
DANGER!
Note
The amount and the arrangement of the suspension of the rear exhaust may vary depending on the vehicles
engine.
– Unscrew the bolts -arrow- of the secondary exhaust pipe sus‐

pension.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove the fixing rings -2-.

– Remove the heat shield making sure that it does not deform
too much in the process -1-.
fitting
Note
Renew the fixing rings.
Specified torques
– silencers
4.8 Removing and installing heat shield for

centre tunnel

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

Removing
DANGER!
– Unscrew the nuts (tunnel side only) of the underbody protec‐

tion, left and right side.
• The underbody protection is retained by the nuts on the out‐
side.
Note
For EU6 engines, the fastening clips for the wiring of the control
unit for the exhaust flap - J883- must be removed.
– Unscrew the nuts and bolts -arrow- and hold the front and rear
-2- reinforcement strut of the tunnel -1-.
– Unscrew the bolts -4- of the silencer mount -3-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Caution
There is a risk of damaging the decamping elements.
– Remove the nuts -2- and separate the silencer -3- at the dou‐
ble clamp.
– Remove the securing clip from the gearbox cable (in the front
area).
– Press out the securing washers -1-, which fasten the heat
shield for the central tunnel, with the pressing lever - 80 200- .
– Move the heat shield for the centre tunnel to the rear -arrow-
over the subframe, making sure that it does not deform too
much in the process.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
Note
Replace the securing rings -2- with new ones and secure the heat
shield to the centre tunnel -1-.
– Installation position of double clamp ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ; Exhaust

pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencer .
Specified torques
Bolts for mounting the exhaust ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ; Exhaust pipes/
pipe silencers; Assembly overview –
silencers
Nuts of the double clamp ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ; Exhaust pipes/
silencers; Assembly overview –
silencers
Bolts of the reinforcement strut 20
for the tunnel at the front
Bolts of the reinforcement strut 20
for the tunnel at the front
4.9 Removing and installing heat shield for

propshaft

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
DANGER!
– Separate the exhaust system at the collet -arrows-.
– Insert pipe or tyre lever -3- into the exhaust pipe -1- and place
this on the tunnel cross-piece -2-.
Caution
There is a risk of damaging the decamping elements.

♦ The decoupling elements of the front exhaust pipe must
not be bent more than 10°.
– Press out the securing washers -2-, which fasten the heat
shield for the central tunnel, as follows:
– Place the pressing lever - 80 200- on the underside of the se‐
curing washer -2-, release the fixing tabs -3- in the direction of
the -arrow- and pull out the securing washer -2-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Move the heat shield for the centre tunnel to the rear -arrow-,
making sure that it does not deform too much in the process.
fitting
Note
Replace the securing washers which fasten the heat shield with
new washers.
– Installation position of double clamp ⇒ Rep. gr. 26 ; Exhaust

pipes/silencers; Assembly overview - silencer .
Specified torques
– silencers

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
4.10 Remove and install panel trim

equipment required
♦ Digital thermometer - SAT
4013-
♦ Adhesive strip remover -
VAS 6349-
Removing
– Remove the front door seal in the lower area.
– Heat the self-adhesive emblem to approx. 25°C with the hot
air blower - SAT 1416- .
– Unfasten the emblem with the help of the lever - U 30800- .
– Remove possible residual adhesive with the tool - VAS 6349- .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
Note
♦ Do not remove the protective film of the self-adhesive emblem

until the assembly work on the vehicle has been completed.
♦ If the emblem is installed for the first time on a new vehicle or
on newly painted surfaces, the procedure in ⇒ Workshop
manual "Paint"; ⇒ Paintwork repairs; ⇒ Paint finish; ⇒ Mould‐
ings ⇒ Film should be observed.
♦ The lettering must be bonded in place immediately after clean‐
ing.
– Clean the area of the tailgate where new self-adhesive com‐

pany emblem is to be applied with isopropanol or heptanes
alcohol.
– Then treat the area where the new self-adhesive company
badge should be applied using silicone cleaner.
– Remove the backing foil from the adhesive surface of the new
logo.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Apply the new self-adhesive badge according to the dimen‐

sions specified in the following chart.
Spa Leon five-door / Leon Leon three-door
cin ST
gs
A 216 mm 269 mm
B 15.5 mm 15.5 mm
– Apply the self-adhesive company badge and press on with a
force of around 5 kg using the pressure tool - T20098- .
4.11 Removing and installing A-pillar trim


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Wedge - T10039/1-
Removing
Note

– Using the wedge - T10039/1- only carefully remove the last

part of the window shaft seal on the outside in the area of the
trim.
– Remove plugs -2-.
– Remove the damping foam.
fitting
• Only install the window shaft seal outside if the trim of the A-
pillar is already installed.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Exploded view - door components”, page 89

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
4.12 Removing and installing trim panel for B-

pillar (front door)
Removing
– Remove the seal -1- of the rear window guide in the area of
the trim -4-.
– Unscrew and remove the screws -Arrows a-
– Remove ⇒ Item 1 (page 89) spreader blocks.
– Slide the finisher -4- downwards -Arrow b-. This causes the
tab -3- to protrude from shaft -2-.
– Push the trim outwards.
– Remove the trim upwards
fitting
4.13 Removing and installing trim panel for B-

pillar (rear door)
Removing
– Remove the seal -4- of the rear window guide in the area of
the trim -1-.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows A-.
– Remove ⇒ Item 1 (page 89) spreader blocks.
– Push the trim -1- downwards -arrow B- resulting in the bracket
-2- hanging out of shaft -3-.
– Push the trim outwards.
– Remove the trim upwards
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
5 Damper
5.1 Exploded view - noise insulation

⇒ “5.1.1 Assembly overview - short noise insulation”,
page 505
⇒ “5.1.2 Assembly overview - long noise insulation”, page 506
⇒ “5.1.3 Assembly overview - skid plate”, page 507
5.1.1 Assembly overview - short noise insulation
Note
During removal and installation, take note of small amounts of differences depending on the engine.
1 - Short noise insulation

installing noise insula‐
tion (short version)”,
page 507
2 - Bolt.
❑ 8 off
❑ 2 Nm
5. Damper 505
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
5.1.2 Assembly overview - long noise insulation
Note
1 - Short noise insulation

installing noise insula‐
tion (long version)”,
page 508
2 - Bolt.
❑ 8 off
❑ 2.0 Nm
3 - Bolt.
❑ Micro-encapsulated; re‐
new after each removal
❑ 3 off
❑ 6 Nm

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
5.1.3 Assembly overview - skid plate
Note
1 - Bolt.
❑ Qty. 1 on each side
❑ 20 Nm
2 - Bracket, left underbody
guard
3 - Bolt.
❑ Qty. 2 each on left and
right
❑ 20 Nm
4 - Bolt.
❑ 7 off
❑ 2 Nm
5 - Bolt.
❑ Micro-encapsulated; re‐
new after each removal
❑ 3 off
❑ 20 Nm
6 - Underride guard
installing skid plate”,
page 509
7 - Bracket, right underbody
guard
5.2 Removing and installing noise insulation
5.2.1 Removing and installing noise insulation

(short version)
5. Damper 507
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Using the lever - 3409- , press on the fixing tags and remove
the centre noise insulation -1-.
fitting
5.2.2 Removing and installing noise insulation

(long version)

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Using the lever - 3409- , press on the fixing tags and remove
the centre noise insulation -1-.
fitting
5.2.3 Removing and installing skid plate

5. Damper 509
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Remove the centre -4- noise insulation.
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
6 Underbody trim
6.1 Exploded view - underbody trim
1 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 2 Nm
2 - Guard for the window lifter
bracket
❑ Left-side
Removing
– Unscrew the screw

⇒ Item 1 (page 511) and
release the locking ele‐
ments of the side at the
rear.
3 - Centre noise insulation, bot‐

tom
Removing
– Take off the expanding

catches
and remove the noise
insulation.
4 - Expansion rivet
❑ 4 off
5 - Left underbody protection
Removing
– Remove the guard for

the window lifter bracket
– Unscrew hex. nuts

⇒ Item 16 (page 512) .
The nuts remain attached to the trim due to the fixing tabs.
6 - Underbody trim in the area of the exhaust pipe

Removing
– Remove the bolt ⇒ Item 13 (page 512) .
– Remove the expanding rivet ⇒ Item 7 (page 511) .

– Remove the fastening rings ⇒ Item 12 (page 512) .
7 - Expansion rivet
❑ 1x
8 - Bolt.
❑ 6 + 6 each
6. Underbody trim 511

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
9 - Nut
❑ 3 off
❑ Plastic material
10 - Rear underbody protection
Removing
– Remove screws still inserted ⇒ Item 8 (page 511) .

– Unscrew the nuts ⇒ Item 9 (page 512) .

❑ 6 + 6 each
12 - Retaining clip
❑ 1x
❑ Always replace.
13 - Bolt.
❑ 1x
❑ 1x
15 - Right underbody protection
Removing
– Remove the guard for the window lifter bracket ⇒ Item 17 (page 512)
– Unscrew hexagonal nuts ⇒ Item 16 (page 512) .
The nuts remain attached to the trim due to the fixing tabs.
16 - Nut
❑ 7 + 7 each
❑ Plastic material
❑ Integrated in the trim.
17 - Guard for the window lifter bracket
❑ Right.
Removing
– Remove the screws ⇒ Item 1 (page 511) and loosen the fixing tabs.
6.2 Removing and installing underbody trim


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
Removing
– Remove underbody trim (centre).

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Release retaining tab and pull out front cover -2- or -5- in di‐
rection of travel backwards off catches.
– Remove nuts -3-.
– Remove underbody panel -1- or -4-.
fitting
Install analogously in reverse order, but note the following:
Tightening torque

(centre)
6.3.1 Removing and installing centre underbody covers
Note

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Unclip spreader river -2- and remove centre underbody pan‐
els.
fitting
6.3.2 Removing and installing short centre un‐

derbody cover
Note

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
Unclip spreader river -2- and remove centre underbody panels.
Unscrew the bolt -3-.
fitting
Specified torques

(rear)

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Note
– Loosen lock washer -3-.

– Unclip spreader rivet -2- and remove bolt -4-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Detach underbody trim (rear) -1-.

Installation
Specified torques
6.5 Removing and installing tunnel cross-

piece (front)

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– If present, remove centre underbody trim.
– Detach tunnel cross-piece (front) -1-.
fitting
Specified torques: 20 Nm
6.6 Removing and installing tunnel cross-

piece (rear)

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Loosen rear underbody panel and press downward slightly.
– Remove nuts -2-.
– Detach tunnel cross-piece (rear) -2-.
fitting
Specified torques

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
6.7 Removing and installing underbody panel for natural gas tank
Removing
– Unscrew the nuts from front to back.

– Unhook the underbody panel in the socket for the gas tank
towards the front and then pull it out to the rear.
fitting

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Insert the underbody panel with the locking hook forwards into
the socket for the natural gas tank.
Note
To install the underbody panel -2- the locking lugs must be inserted into the socket for the natural gas tank.
– Tighten nuts from back to front with a torque of 2 Nm.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
7 Roof strips / roof rails

⇒ “7.1 Exploded view - roof rail”, page 523
⇒ “7.2 Removing and installing roof rail”, page 523
7.1 Exploded view - roof rail
1 - Roof railing
❑ 1 + 1 each
stalling roof rail”,
page 523
❑ With mounting point
seals and bonded seal‐
ing material on the con‐
tact areas of the roof
Caution
Every time the roof rail‐
ing is removed, check
the mounting point seals
and the bonded sealing
material and renew
where necessary.
2 - Compensating elements
❑ 4 + 4 each
❑ These elements consist
of a screwed on base
and a height-adjustable
sleeve.
3 - Roof railing reinforcement
4 - Nut
❑ 3 + 3 each
❑ 10 Nm
5 - Bolt.
❑ 1 + 1 each
❑ 10 Nm
7.2 Removing and installing roof rail

7. Roof strips / roof rails 523

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Set of ring spanners - SAT 8015-
♦ Ring spanner size 10 - SAT 8010/10C-
Removing
Note


DANGER!

– Make sufficient space in this zone to facilitate removal and

subsequent tightening of the bolt-1-. For this purpose, remove
the bolt -3- and move the airbag igniter -2-in
-the direction of the arrow-.
– Loosen nut -2-.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Caution
– Remove the roof railing.

fitting
Caution
Every time the roof railing is removed, check the mounting

point seals and the bonded sealing material and renew where
necessary.
– Check that the height-adjustable sleeves -2- project by -a-=

1.6 mm above the surface of the roof. Should these sleeves
not conform to the specified size, adjust them according to the
following specification.
7. Roof strips / roof rails 525

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Setting the compensation elements

– Insert the hexagon key (Allen key) -1- into the height-adjusta‐
ble sleeve -2- of a compensation element.
– Turn the key in the direction of the -lower arrow - until the
height adjustable sleeve -2- moves upwards -upper arrow-
and touches the roof -3-.
Note
The height-adjustable sleeve -2- must project by -a-= 1.6 mm

above the surface of the roof.
– If necessary, repeat the procedure on the other compensation

elements.
Continue the assembly
– Place the roof rail -1- onto the first compensating element
slightly inclined anticlockwise.
Caution
– Insert the roof railing bolt into the first compensation element
set.
– Turn the roof railing until you can insert the bolt on the opposite
side into the last compensation element set.
– Screw the bolt in lightly - do not tighten with the specified tight‐
ening torque yet.
– Tighten the bolts with the specified tightening torque in the

specified sequence. See ⇒ page 523
– Install roof trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 70 ;
Roof trim; Removing and installing moulded headliner .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
8 Exterior mirror
8.1 Exploded view - exterior mirror
1 - Cover
2 - Exterior mirror glass
❑ ⇒ “8.3 Wing mirror
glass: removal and as‐
sembly”, page 529
3 - Exterior mirror base
4 - Nut
❑ 1x
❑ 20± 2.5 Nm
5 - Electric connector
6 - Front door
❑ Left-side
7 - Exterior mirror casing
stalling cover for mirror”,
page 530
8.2 Removing and installing exterior mirror

8. Exterior mirror 527

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
♦ Double hexagon Torx socket T-45l - SAT 1006/8 45L-

♦ Release tool - T10236-
Note

Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove the plug -1-

– Clip out and remove the electric plug connector -4-.
– Using the release tool - T10236- , remove the fixing clip of the
exterior mirror cable.
– Hold the exterior mirror so that it cannot fall down and remove
the nut-3-.
– Remove exterior rear view mirror -2- from door.
fitting
Caution

8.3 Wing mirror glass: removal and assem‐

bly
♦ Wedges - T10383-
DANGER!
Removing
Only for vehicles with exterior mirror with electric folding function
– Position the exterior mirror so that you can work conveniently
and safely.
– Protect the upper and lower area of the exterior mirror housing
near the work area with masking tape.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Press bottom of mirror glass -1- into mirror housing.

– Using the wedge - T10383- -arrows a- release the mirror glass
-1- from the controller -2-.
– Disconnect the connectors -2- for the glass heaters and re‐
move the glass -1-.
fitting
DANGER!
– Insert the connector of the mirror heating.
– Engage the guides -arrows- of the mirror -1- to the respective

guides of the mirror base.
– Press the mirror glass in the middle against the mirror foot.
Mirror glass engages audibly.
Only for vehicles with exterior mirror with electric folding function
– Move the exterior mirror to its park position.
Caution
Check the function of the manipulated components.
8.4 Removing and installing cover for mirror


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Remove the wing mirror glass ⇒ page 529 .
– Unfasten the clips -Arrows a- and at the same time pull hous‐
ing -1- in direction of -arrow b-.
– Use the lever - U30800- to unfasten the clips on the housing

-1- in the areas indicated by the -arrows a-.
– Move the housing -1- in direction of -arrow b- and remove it.
fitting
– Make sure that the clamps are aligned correctly in the respec‐
tive mounts.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Press on the housing and the areas as indicated by the

-arrows-. The clamps click audibly into place.
– Mount the wing mirror glass ⇒ page 530 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
9 Wheel housing liner

⇒ “9.1 Exploded view - wheel housing liner (front)”, page 533
⇒ “9.2 Exploded view - wheel housing liner (rear)”, page 534
9.1 Exploded view - wheel housing liner (front)

stalling the front wheel
housing spoiler”,
page 538
stalling wheel housing
liner (front)”,
page 535
3 - Fixing block
❑ 7 off
4 - Bolt.
❑ 16 off
❑ 2.2± 0.3 Nm
❑ 11x
9. Wheel housing liner 533

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
9.2 Exploded view - wheel housing liner (rear)
1 - Spreader block
❑ 2 items for the side of
the tank flap unit
❑ 3 items for the opposite
side of the tank flap unit
❑ 6 off
DANGER!
senger compartment
Take
The
♦ tight expanding
cle.

stalling wheel housing
liner (rear)”, page 536
4 - Spacer
Note
For the side of the tank flap unit only.

❑ 1x
DANGER!
senger compartment
Take
The
♦ tight expanding
cle.
6 - Bolt.
❑ Fixing to the tight expanding block
❑ 7 off
❑ 2.2± 0.3 Nm
7 - Bolt.
❑ Fastening on the spacer bracket
❑ 1x
❑ 2.2± 0.3 Nm

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
8 - Bolt.
❑ Fixing to the expanding block
❑ 1 items for the side of the tank flap unit
❑ 2 items for the opposite side of the tank flap unit
❑ 2± 0.2 Nm
9 - Rear wheel housing liner spoiler
❑ ⇒ “9.6 Rear wheel housing spoiler removing and installing”, page 539
10 - Bolt.
❑ Fixing to the expanding block
❑ 1x
❑ 2.2± 0.3 Nm
9.3 Removing and installing wheel housing

liner (front)
Removing
– Remove front wheel housing liner spoiler ⇒ page 538 .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

– Remove the guard for the window lifter bracket -3-.
– Remove the wheel housing -2-.
fitting
9.4 Removing and installing wheel housing

liner (rear)

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Remove the rear wheel.
Note
Spacer -4-: For the side of the tank flap unit only.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Unscrew bolts -6-, -7-, -8- and -10-.

– Remove the wheel housing -3-.
fitting
Installation is carried out in the reverse order to the removal when
observing the following:
Note
For the side of the tank flap unit only: replacing damaged spacer.
– Tighten wheel lugs with tightening torque ⇒ undercarriage,

axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; rims and tyres; tightening torque
of the wheel lugs .
9.5 Removing and installing the front wheel

housing spoiler

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
Caution
The following does not have to be removed to remove the front

wheel housing spoiler:
♦ Noise insulation ⇒ page 505
Note
If the noise insulation is fitted, so too must the screws affixing the
noise insulation to the wheel housing spoiler be removed.
– Remove wheel house spoiler -3-.

fitting
– Only if damaged: replace quick locking nuts.
9.6 Rear wheel housing spoiler removing

and installing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Remove the rear wheel.
– Remove wheel house spoiler -1-.
fitting
Specified torques
Mounting screws for rear wheel 2.2 ± 0.3
housing spoiler
– Tighten wheel lugs with tightening torque ⇒ undercarriage,
axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; rims and tyres; tightening torque
of the wheel lugs .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
10 Model badges and brand emblems
10.1 Exploded view - Model badges and brand emblems

❑ Fitted to top grilled on
bumper trim panel
❑ Secured to top grille on
bumper trim panel with
retaining clips
2 - Front company emblem of
model version
❑ Secured to top grille on
bumper trim panel with
retaining clips
❑ Remove and install “FR
model”
⇒ “10.4.2 Removing and
installing FR emblems
at vehicle front”,
page 582
❑ Remove and install
“CUPRA model”
⇒ “10.4.3 Removing and
installing CUPRA em‐
blems at vehicle front”,
page 584
3 - Company emblem on the
door sills
❑ 2 off
❑ Secured to body with
cement
❑ Fitted to front door sills
on driver and passenger
sides
⇒ “4.10 Remove and in‐
stall panel trim”, page 500
4 - Rear company emblem of model version
❑ Secured to tailgate with cement
❑ ⇒ “10.2 Dimensions - lettering and emblems on rear lid”, page 542
5 - Rear company emblem of model
❑ Secured to tailgate with cement
❑ ⇒ “10.2 Dimensions - lettering and emblems on rear lid”, page 542
6 - Self-adhesive side emblem
❑ ⇒ “10.3 Self-adhesive, side emblems (3 and 5-door models): replacing”, page 578
10. Model badges and brand emblems 541

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
10.2 Dimensions - lettering and emblems on

rear lid
⇒ “10.2.1 Dimensions: Emblem Leon in the tailgate (2 and 4-door
⇒ “10.2.2 Dimensions: Emblem FR in the tailgate (2 and 4-door
⇒ “10.2.3 Dimensions: Emblem CUPRA in the tailgate (2 and 4-
door models)”, page 548
⇒ “10.2.4 Dimensions: Emblem Ecomotive in the tailgate (2 and
4-door models)”, page 551
⇒ “10.2.5 Dimensions: Emblem TGI in the tailgate (2 and 4-door
⇒ “10.2.6 Dimensions: Emblem Leon in the tailgate (ST model)”,
page 557
⇒ “10.2.7 Dimensions: Emblem FR in the tailgate (ST model)”,
page 560
⇒ “10.2.8 Dimensions: Emblem Ecomotive in the tailgate (ST
model)”, page 563
⇒ “10.2.9 Dimensions: Emblem 4Drive in the tailgate (ST model)”,
page 566
⇒ “10.2.10 Measurements: Emblem X-PERIENCE in the rear lid
(ST model)”, page 569
⇒ “10.2.11 Dimensions: Emblem TGI in the tailgate (ST model)”,
page 572
⇒ “10.2.12 Dimensions: CUPRA emblem on the tailgate”,
page 575
10.2.1 Dimensions: Emblem “Leon” in the tailgate (2 and 4-door models)

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

equipment required
4013-
VAS 6349-
Removing
fitting
Note

ing.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Clean the area of the tailgate where the new self-adhesive

badge is to be applied with isopropyl alcohol or heptanol.
– Remove the protective film -2- of the self-adhesive company
emblem “LEON”.
Note
This illustration shows dimensions in millimetres.
– Apply the new self-adhesive badge “LEON” according to the

dimensions shown in the illustration.
– Apply the self-adhesive emblem -3- and press down with pres‐
sure tool - T20098- with force of approx 5 kg.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove the protective film -1- of the self-adhesive emblem.
10.2.2 Dimensions: Emblem “FR” in the tailgate (2 and 4-door models)

equipment required
4013-
VAS 6349-
Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
Note

ing.

– Remove the protective film -2- of the self-adhesive emblem
“FR”.
Note

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Apply the new self-adhesive emblem “FR” -1- according to the

dimensions shown in the figure.
– Attach the self-adhesive emblem “FR” -1- and press down with
pressure tool - T20098- with force of approx 5 kg.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
10.2.3 Dimensions: Emblem “CUPRA” in the tailgate (2 and 4-door models)

equipment required
4013-
VAS 6349-
Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
Note

ing.

Company badge “CUPRA”
“CUPRA”.
Note

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Apply the new self-adhesive emblem “CUPRA” -3- according

to the dimensions specified in the illustration.
– Attach the self-adhesive emblem “CUPRA” -3- and press
down with pressure tool - T20098- with force of approx 5 kg.
Badge “CUPRA”
“CUPRA”.
Note


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
10.2.4 Dimensions: Emblem “Ecomotive” in the tailgate (2 and 4-door models)

equipment required
4013-
VAS 6349-
Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
Note

ing.

– Remove the protective film -2- from the new self-adhesive
“Ecomotive” company badge.
Note

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Apply the new self-adhesive badge “Ecomotive” according to

the dimensions shown in the illustration.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
10.2.5 Dimensions: Emblem “TGI” in the tailgate (2 and 4-door models)

equipment required
4013-
VAS 6349-
Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
Note

ing.

badge “TGI”.
Note

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Apply the new self-adhesive badge “TGI” according to the di‐

mensions shown in the illustration.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
10.2.6 Dimensions: Emblem “Leon” in the tailgate (ST model)

equipment required
4013-
VAS 6349-
Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
Note

ing.

emblem “LEON”.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Apply the new self-adhesive badge “LEON” according to the


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
10.2.7 Dimensions: Emblem “FR” in the tailgate (ST model)

equipment required
4013-
VAS 6349-
Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
Note

ing.

“FR”.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Apply the new self-adhesive emblem “FR” -1- according to the

dimensions shown in the figure.
– Attach the self-adhesive emblem “FR” -1- and press down with
pressure tool - T20098- with force of approx 5 kg.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
10.2.8 Dimensions: Emblem “Ecomotive” in the tailgate (ST model)

equipment required
4013-
VAS 6349-
Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
Note

ing.

“Ecomotive” company badge.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Apply the new self-adhesive badge “Ecomotive” according to

the dimensions shown in the illustration.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
10.2.9 Dimensions: Emblem “4Drive” in the tailgate (ST model)

equipment required
4013-
VAS 6349-
Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
Note

ing.

emblem “4Drive”.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Apply the new self-adhesive badge “4Drive” according to the


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
10.2.10 Measurements: Emblem “X-PERIENCE” in the rear lid (ST model)

equipment required
4013-
VAS 6349-
Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
Note

ing.

company emblem “X-PERIENCE”.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Apply the new self-adhesive badge “X-PERIENCE” according

to the dimensions shown in the illustration.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
10.2.11 Dimensions: Emblem “TGI” in the tailgate (ST model)

equipment required
4013-
VAS 6349-
Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
Note

ing.

badge “TGI”.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Apply the new self-adhesive badge “TGI” according to the di‐

mensions shown in the illustration.

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
10.2.12 Dimensions: “CUPRA” emblem on the tailgate

equipment required
4013-
VAS 6349-
Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
Note

ing.

Company badge “CUPRA”
“CUPRA”.
Note

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

Badge “CUPRA”
“CUPRA”.
Note


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
10.3 Self-adhesive, side emblems (3 and 5-

door models): replacing
10.3.1 Company badge “ITECH”

equipment required
4013-
VAS 6349-
Removing

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
fitting
Note

ing.
– Clean the area of the B-pillar where the new self-adhesive

badge is to be applied with isopropanol or heptanes alcohol.
– Heat up the contact area of the B-pillar with the hot air blower
- SAT 1416- to approx. 35 °C. Check the temperature using
the digital thermometer - SAT 4013- .
Continue for 3-door Leon only

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove the protective film -2- from the self-adhesive compa‐

ny emblem “ITECH”.
– Apply the new self-adhesive emblem “ITECH” with spacing as
shown in the illustration.
– Apply the self-adhesive company badge -3- and press down
with pressure tool - T20098- with force of approx 5 kg.
– Remove the protective film -1- of the new self-adhesive em‐
blem “ITECH”.
Continue for 5-door Leon only

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Remove the protective film -2- from the self-adhesive compa‐

ny emblem “ITECH”.
– Apply the new self-adhesive emblem “ITECH” with spacing as
shown in the illustration.
– Apply the self-adhesive company badge -3- and press down
with pressure tool - T20098- with force of approx 5 kg.
– Remove the protective film -1- of the new self-adhesive em‐
blem “ITECH”.
10.4 Removing and installing emblems at ve‐

hicle front
10.4.1 Removing and installing emblem at ve‐

hicle front

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Use a small screwdriver to remove the retaining clips -1- from
the radiator grille.
– Remove the company emblem -1- on the radiator grille -2- us‐
ing the lever - U30800- .
fitting
– Press the company emblem on -1- until it can be heard to en‐
gage.
– Make sure that the company emblem is fixed correctly.
10.4.2 Removing and installing “FR” emblems at vehicle front

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤

equipment required
4013-
Removing
Caution
To remove the self-adhesive FR emblem, the following must

not be removed:
♦ Upper grille centred in the trim of the bumper
– Before removing the self-adhesive emblem on the upper grille

of the bumper trim, heat it up to approx. 25 ℃ with a hot air
gun - SAT 1416- .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
– Carefully remove the self-adhesive emblem from the upper

grille of the bumper trim using the lever - U 30800- .
– Remove any remaining adhesive residues left by the adhesive
tape from the upper grille of the bumper trim.
fitting
– Clean the area of the upper grille of the bumper trim where
new self-adhesive emblem is to be applied with isopropanol
or heptanes alcohol.
– Using the hot air blower - SAT 1416- , the contact area of the
self-adhesive emblem to approx. 35°C. Check the tempera‐
ture using the digital thermometer - SAT 4013- .
– Remove the protective film of the new self-adhesive emblem
“FR”.
– Apply the self-adhesive emblem “FR” in the correct position in
the area of the upper grille of the bumper trim so that the nipple
engages in the guide openings.
– Apply the self-adhesive emblem and press tight using the
pressure piece - T20098- .
10.4.3 Removing and installing “CUPRA” emblems at vehicle front

equipment required
4013-

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
Caution
In order to remove the self-adhesive FR emblem it is not nec‐

essary to remove the following:
♦ Upper grille centred in the trim of the bumper
– Before removing the self-adhesive emblem on the upper grille

of the bumper trim, heat it up to approx. 25 ℃ with a hot air
gun - SAT 1416- .
– Carefully remove the self-adhesive emblem from the upper
grille of the bumper trim using the lever - U 30800- .
– Remove any remaining adhesive residues left by the adhesive
tape from the upper grille of the bumper trim.
fitting
– Clean the area of the upper grille of the bumper trim where
new self-adhesive emblem is to be applied with isopropanol
or heptanes alcohol.
– Using the hot air blower - SAT 1416- , the contact area of the
self-adhesive emblem to approx. 35°C. Check the tempera‐
ture using the digital thermometer - SAT 4013- .
– Remove the protective film of the new self-adhesive badge
“CUPRA”.
– Apply the self-adhesive emblem “CUPRA” in the correct posi‐
tion in the area of the upper grille of the bumper trim so that
the nipple engages in the guide openings.
– Apply the self-adhesive emblem and press tight using the
pressure piece - T20098- .

León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
11 Towing bracket
11.1 Assembly overview - towing bracket
1 - Bolt.
❑ 4 off
❑ 50 Nm + 90º
❑ Always renew bolt after
loosening
2 - Towing bracket
❑ Tow hitch with remova‐
ble ball head
3 - Sealing plug
❑ Insert into the opening
after removing the tow
hitch.
4 - Towing bracket
5 - Cap
6 - Retaining plate
7 - Wiring harness
8 - Electric socket
9 - Bolt.
❑ 3 off
❑ 2.5 Nm
10 - Bolt.
❑ 4 off
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Gas-tight threaded con‐
nections
DANGER!
The gas tight threaded
connections prevent ex‐
haust gas from penetrat‐
ing the passenger com‐
partment. These must
always be mounted.
Note
11.2 Removing and installing towing bracket


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Removing
– Remove the contact box -2-.
– Undo the wiring harness from the fastenings -arrows-.
– Detach wiring harness -5-.

– Remove the towing bracket -1-.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “11.1 Assembly overview - towing bracket”, page 586
11. Towing bracket 587

Seat Leon 3 Body Repairs Exterior Eng

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Seat Leon 3 Body Repairs Exterior Eng

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Seat Leon 3 Body Repairs Exterior Eng

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service

Service Department. Technical Information

All rights reserved.

Copyright © 2017 Seat S.A D3E804FD5E1

55 - Bonnet, rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

3.3 Removing and installing filler neck compartment lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

57 - Front doors, door components, central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

58 - Rear doors, door components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

3.2 Exploded view - window regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

3.18 Removing and installing rear part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

66 - Exterior equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

1.1 Exploded view - lock carrier

1 - Lock carrier cover

The intake air duct may vary de‐

Note correct installation position.

❑ For fixing the air ducts for the radiator

2 Rep. gr.50 - Body - front

1.2 Assembly overview - cylinder head

1.3 Removing and installing lock carrier

♦ Centre guide - T10093-

♦ Release lever - U30800-

♦ Torque wrench - V.A.G 1331-

♦ Release lever - 80 200-

4 Rep. gr.50 - Body - front

– Remove bumper cover (front) ⇒ page 295 .

Continued for all vehicles

– Remove filler necks from washer fluid reservoir, to do this:

The configuration of the air supply ducts may vary depending on

– Undo the screws -2- from both sides.

Consider the safety measures for pyrotechnic components ⇒

– Remove fuse -1-, press down in -the direction of the arrow-

6 Rep. gr.50 - Body - front

– Unclip the connectors of the horn -1-.

– Undo and remove the plug connector -arrow- of the ambient -

– Unscrew bolts -1-, -2- and -4-.

– Unscrew the bolts -1- and remove the pedestrian protective

– Remove the left and right upper fixation of the radiator/inter‐

– Swivel the assembly out of the radiator / intermediate cooler /

8 Rep. gr.50 - Body - front

Separate the assembly radiator / intermediate cooler from the

Risk of damaging the condenser lines on the air-conditioning

– Unscrew the bolts -2- and screw in the centring guide -

– Pull out the centring guide - T10093- using a second techni‐

If damaged, renew clips.

– Check the spacings ⇒ Body Repairs; Rep. gr. 00

1.4 Moving to and back from service posi‐

♦ Centre guide - T10093-

The following is not necessary for positioning the lock carrier

10 Rep. gr.50 - Body - front

– Hold the bonnet tight with suitable workshop equipment.

– Release clip -1- and remove air hose.

The configuration of the air supply ducts may vary depending on

– Undo the screws -2- from both sides.

Consider the safety measures for pyrotechnic components ⇒

– Remove fuse -1-, press down in -the direction of the arrow-

– Remove screws -1-.

12 Rep. gr.50 - Body - front

– Unscrew the bolts -1- with their adjustment sleeve.

– Remove screws -1-.

– Remove screws -2-.